|
L01
|
1Mch_14_1
|
καὶ ἐν ἔτει δευτέρῳ καὶ ἑβδομηκοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ συνήγαγεν Δημήτριος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς Μηδίαν τοῦ ἐπισπάσασθαι βοήθειαν ἑαυτῷ, ὅπως πολεμήσῃ τὸν Τρύφωνα.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_1
|
Now in the hundred threescore and twelfth year king Demetrius gathered his forces together, and went into Media to get him help to fight against Tryphon. (1 Maccabees 14:1 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_1
|
W roku sto siedemdziesiątym drugim król Demetriusz zebrał swoje wojska i udał się do Medii w tym celu, aby zdobyć sobie pomoc na wojnę przeciwko Tryfonowi. (1 Mch 14:1 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_1
|
Καὶ
|
ἐν
|
ἔτει
|
δευτέρῳ
|
καὶ
|
ἑβδομηκοστῷ
|
καὶ
|
ἑκατοστῷ
|
συνήγαγεν
|
Δημήτριος
|
ὁ
|
βασιλεὺς
|
τὰς
|
δυνάμεις
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἐπορεύθη
|
εἰς
|
Μηδίαν
|
τοῦ
|
ἐπισπάσασθαι
|
βοήθειαν
|
ἑαυτῷ,
|
ὅπως
|
πολεμήσῃ
|
τὸν
|
Τρύφωνα.
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_1
|
καί
|
ἐν
|
ἔτο·ς, -ους, τό
|
δεύτερος -α -ον
|
καί
|
|
καί
|
|
συν·άγω (συν+αγ-, συν+αξ-, συν+ηξ- or 2nd συν+αγαγ-, συν+αγειοχ·[κ]-, συν+ηγ-, συν+αχ·θ-)
|
Δημήτριος, -ου, ὁ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δύναμις, -εως, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
πορεύω (πορευ-, πορευ·σ-, πορευ·σ-, -, πεπορευ-, πορευ·θ-)
|
εἰς[1]
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐπι·σπάω (επι+σπ(α)-, -, επι+σπα·σ-, -, -, επι+σπασ·θ-)
|
βοήθεια, -ας, ἡ
|
ἑ·αυτοῦ/αὑτοῦ[2] -ῆς -οῦ
|
ὅπως
|
πολεμέω (πολεμ(ε)-, πολεμη·σ-, πολεμη·σ-, -, -, πολεμη·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_1
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
Rok
|
Drugi
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
By zbierać się razem
|
Demetriusz
|
—
|
Król
|
—
|
Zdolność
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By iść
|
Do (+przyspieszenie)
|
—
|
—
|
Do ???
|
Pomagaj
|
Samo /nasz /twój /siebie
|
Tak , które – powodujące tamto (które powody), zamierzające , że, przyczyna będąca tamto (tak tamto), albo cel tego jest tamto (to zdarza się tak tamto). Tryb łączący , który podąża za tym słowem jest: Mógłby.
|
By walczyć z wojną
|
—
|
—
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_1
|
*kai\
|
e)n
|
e)/tei
|
deute/rO|
|
kai\
|
e(bdomEkostO=|
|
kai\
|
e(katostO=|
|
sunE/gagen
|
*dEmE/trios
|
o(
|
basileu\s
|
ta\s
|
duna/meis
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
e)poreu/TE
|
ei)s
|
*mEdi/an
|
tou=
|
e)pispa/sasTai
|
boE/Teian
|
e(autO=|,
|
o(/pOs
|
polemE/sE|
|
to\n
|
*tru/fOna.
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_1
|
kai
|
en
|
etei
|
deuterO
|
kai
|
hebdomEkostO
|
kai
|
hekatostO
|
synEgagen
|
dEmEtrios
|
ho
|
basileus
|
tas
|
dynameis
|
autu
|
kai
|
eporeuTE
|
eis
|
mEdian
|
tu
|
epispasasTai
|
boETeian
|
heautO,
|
hopOs
|
polemEsE
|
ton
|
tryfOna.
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_1
|
C
|
P
|
N3E_DSN
|
A1A_DSN
|
C
|
A1_DSN
|
C
|
A1_DSN
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
N2_NSM
|
RA_NSM
|
N3V_NSM
|
RA_APF
|
N3I_APF
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VCI_API3S
|
P
|
N1A_ASF
|
RA_GSN
|
VA_AMN
|
N1A_ASF
|
RD_DSM
|
C
|
VF_FMI2S
|
RA_ASM
|
N3M_ASM
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_1
|
and also, even, namely
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
year
|
second
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
to gather together
|
Demetrius
|
the
|
king
|
the
|
ability
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to go
|
into (+acc)
|
ć
|
the
|
to ???
|
help
|
self /our-/your-/themselves
|
so that – causing that (which causes), intending that, the reason being that (so that), or the purpose of this is that (this occurs so that). The subjunctive that comes after this word is: could.
|
to fight war
|
the
|
ć
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_1
|
and
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
year (dat)
|
second (dat)
|
and
|
|
and
|
|
he/she/it-GATHER TOGETHER-ed
|
Demetrius (nom)
|
the (nom)
|
king (nom)
|
the (acc)
|
abilities (acc, nom|voc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-GO-ed
|
into (+acc)
|
|
the (gen)
|
to-be-???-ed
|
help (acc)
|
self (dat)
|
this is how
|
you(sg)-will-be-FIGHT-ed, he/she/it-should-FIGHT, you(sg)-should-be-FIGHT-ed
|
the (acc)
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_1
|
1Mch_14:1_1
|
1Mch_14:1_2
|
1Mch_14:1_3
|
1Mch_14:1_4
|
1Mch_14:1_5
|
1Mch_14:1_6
|
1Mch_14:1_7
|
1Mch_14:1_8
|
1Mch_14:1_9
|
1Mch_14:1_10
|
1Mch_14:1_11
|
1Mch_14:1_12
|
1Mch_14:1_13
|
1Mch_14:1_14
|
1Mch_14:1_15
|
1Mch_14:1_16
|
1Mch_14:1_17
|
1Mch_14:1_18
|
1Mch_14:1_19
|
1Mch_14:1_20
|
1Mch_14:1_21
|
1Mch_14:1_22
|
1Mch_14:1_23
|
1Mch_14:1_24
|
1Mch_14:1_25
|
1Mch_14:1_26
|
1Mch_14:1_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_2
|
καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἀρσάκηςὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς Περσίδος καὶ Μηδίας ὅτι εἰσῆλθεν Δημήτριος εἰς τὰ ὅρια αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ἕνα τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτοῦ συλλαβεῖν αὐτὸν ζῶντα.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_2
|
But when Arsaces, the king of Persia and Media, heard that Demetrius was entered within his borders, he sent one of his princes to take him alive: (1 Maccabees 14:2 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_2
|
Gdy Arsakes, królPersji i Medii, dowiedział się, że Demetriusz wszedł na jego ziemie, posłał jednego ze swych dowódców z poleceniem, aby pochwycił go żywego. (1 Mch 14:2 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_2
|
καὶ
|
ἤκουσεν
|
Ἀρσάκης
|
ὁ
|
βασιλεὺς
|
τῆς
|
Περσίδος
|
καὶ
|
Μηδίας
|
ὅτι
|
εἰσῆλθεν
|
Δημήτριος
|
εἰς
|
τὰ
|
ὅρια
|
αὐτοῦ,
|
καὶ
|
ἀπέστειλεν
|
ἕνα
|
τῶν
|
ἀρχόντων
|
αὐτοῦ
|
συλλαβεῖν
|
αὐτὸν
|
ζῶντα.
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_2
|
καί
|
ἀκούω (ακου-, ακου·σ-, ακου·σ-, ακηκο·[κ]-, ηκουσ-, ακουσ·θ-)
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Περσί[δ]ς, -ίδος, ἡ
|
καί
|
|
ὅτι
|
εἰσ·έρχομαι (εισ+ερχ-, εισ+ελευ·σ-, εισ+ελθ·[σ]- or 2nd εισ+ελθ-, εισ+εληλυθ·[κ]-, -, -)
|
Δημήτριος, -ου, ὁ
|
εἰς[1]
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὅριον, -ου, τό
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ἀπο·στέλλω (απο+στελλ-, απο+στελ(ε)·[σ]-, απο+στειλ·[σ]-, απ+εσταλ·κ-, απ+εσταλ-, απο+σταλ·[θ]-)
|
εἷς[2] μία ἕν, gen. sg. ἑνός μιᾶς ἑνός
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἄρχων[τ], -ο[υ]ντος, ὁ, dat. pl. ἄρχουσιν, voc. pl. ἄρχοντες; ἄρχω (αρχ-, αρξ-, αρξ-, -, ηρχ-, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
συλ·λαμβάνω (συν+λαμβαν-, συν+λημψ-/συν+ληψ-, 2nd συν+λαβ-, συν+ειληφ·[κ]-, συν+ειληβ-, συν+λημφ·θ-/συν+ληφ·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ζάω (ζ(η)-/ath. ζ(η)-, ζη·σ-, ζη·σ-, -, -, -)
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_2
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By słyszeć
|
—
|
—
|
Król
|
—
|
Persis
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Ponieważ/tamto
|
By wchodzić
|
Demetriusz
|
Do (+przyspieszenie)
|
—
|
Granica
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
zamawiać
|
Jeden
|
—
|
Władca; by zaczynać się
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Do chwytania lassa, chwytaj, wyobrażaj sobie, przydyb, aresztuj, wstrzymuj, zdobywaj
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Do istnieje mieszkaj, mieszkaj, żyj(?? ???)
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_2
|
kai\
|
E)/kousen
|
*)arsa/kEs
|
o(
|
basileu\s
|
tE=s
|
*persi/dos
|
kai\
|
*mEdi/as
|
o(/ti
|
ei)sE=lTen
|
*dEmE/trios
|
ei)s
|
ta\
|
o(/ria
|
au)tou=,
|
kai\
|
a)pe/steilen
|
e(/na
|
tO=n
|
a)rCHo/ntOn
|
au)tou=
|
sullabei=n
|
au)to\n
|
DZO=nta.
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_2
|
kai
|
Ekusen
|
arsakEs
|
ho
|
basileus
|
tEs
|
persidos
|
kai
|
mEdias
|
hoti
|
eisElTen
|
dEmEtrios
|
eis
|
ta
|
horia
|
autu,
|
kai
|
apesteilen
|
hena
|
tOn
|
arCHontOn
|
autu
|
syllabein
|
auton
|
DZOnta.
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_2
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
N1M_NSM
|
RA_NSM
|
N3V_NSM
|
RA_GSF
|
N3D_GSF
|
C
|
N1A_GSF
|
C
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
N2_NSM
|
P
|
RA_APN
|
N2N_APN
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
A3_ASM
|
RA_GPM
|
N3_GPM
|
RD_GSM
|
VB_AAN
|
RD_ASM
|
V3_PAPASM
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_2
|
and also, even, namely
|
to hear
|
ć
|
the
|
king
|
the
|
Persis
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
because/that
|
to enter
|
Demetrius
|
into (+acc)
|
the
|
boundary
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to order forth to orderforth (order: in the sense of arrangement first, and as command secondary, like a ship's captain would order(arrange) a ship's deck and cargo for departure) this is often rendered send forth (a message, messanger, action, etc), or simply send
|
one
|
the
|
ruler; to begin
|
he/she/it/same
|
to seizing lasso, catch,conceive, nab, apprehend, arrest, capture
|
he/she/it/same
|
to exists dwell, inhabit, live(ζω ζαω)
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_2
|
and
|
he/she/it-HEAR-ed
|
|
the (nom)
|
king (nom)
|
the (gen)
|
Persis (gen)
|
and
|
|
because/that
|
he/she/it-ENTER-ed
|
Demetrius (nom)
|
into (+acc)
|
the (nom|acc)
|
boundaries (nom|acc|voc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-ORDER FORTH-ed
|
one (acc)
|
the (gen)
|
rulers (gen); let-them-be-BEGIN-ing! (classical), while BEGIN-ing (gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
to-SEIZING
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
while EXISTS-ing (acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_2
|
1Mch_14:2_1
|
1Mch_14:2_2
|
1Mch_14:2_3
|
1Mch_14:2_4
|
1Mch_14:2_5
|
1Mch_14:2_6
|
1Mch_14:2_7
|
1Mch_14:2_8
|
1Mch_14:2_9
|
1Mch_14:2_10
|
1Mch_14:2_11
|
1Mch_14:2_12
|
1Mch_14:2_13
|
1Mch_14:2_14
|
1Mch_14:2_15
|
1Mch_14:2_16
|
1Mch_14:2_17
|
1Mch_14:2_18
|
1Mch_14:2_19
|
1Mch_14:2_20
|
1Mch_14:2_21
|
1Mch_14:2_22
|
1Mch_14:2_23
|
1Mch_14:2_24
|
1Mch_14:2_25
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_3
|
καὶ ἐπορεύθη καὶ ἐπάταξεν τὴν παρεμβολὴν Δημητρίου καὶ συνέλαβεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἀρσάκην, καὶ ἔθετο αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_3
|
Who went and smotethe host of Demetrius, and took him, and brought him to Arsaces, by whom he was put in ward. (1 Maccabees 14:3 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_3
|
Ten zaś poszedł, pokonał wojsko Demetriusza, jego samego pochwycił i przyprowadził do Arsakesa, a ten wtrącił go do więzienia. (1 Mch 14:3 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_3
|
καὶ
|
ἐπορεύθη
|
καὶ
|
ἐπάταξεν
|
τὴν
|
παρεμβολὴν
|
Δημητρίου
|
καὶ
|
συνέλαβεν
|
αὐτὸν
|
καὶ
|
ἤγαγεν
|
αὐτὸν
|
πρὸς
|
Ἀρσάκην,
|
καὶ
|
ἔθετο
|
αὐτὸν
|
ἐν
|
φυλακῇ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_3
|
καί
|
πορεύω (πορευ-, πορευ·σ-, πορευ·σ-, -, πεπορευ-, πορευ·θ-)
|
καί
|
πατάσσω (πατασσ-, παταξ-, παταξ-, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
παρ·εμ·βολή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
Δημήτριος, -ου, ὁ
|
καί
|
συλ·λαμβάνω (συν+λαμβαν-, συν+λημψ-/συν+ληψ-, 2nd συν+λαβ-, συν+ειληφ·[κ]-, συν+ειληβ-, συν+λημφ·θ-/συν+ληφ·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ἄγω (αγ-, αξ-, 2nd αγαγ-, αγειοχ·[κ]-, ηγ-, αχ·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
πρός
|
|
καί
|
τίθημι (ath. τιθ(ε)-, θη·σ-, θη·κ- or 2nd ath. θ(ε)-, τεθει·κ-, τεθει-, τε·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἐν
|
φυλακή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_3
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By iść
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By uderzać
|
—
|
Obozu obóz, koszary, armia
|
Demetriusz
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Do chwytania lassa, chwytaj, wyobrażaj sobie, przydyb, aresztuj, wstrzymuj, zdobywaj
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By prowadzić
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By umieszczać leżał, niech kładzie, niech umieszcza, umieszczaj, stawiaj
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
Więzienie zabezpieczają się
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_3
|
kai\
|
e)poreu/TE
|
kai\
|
e)pa/taXen
|
tE\n
|
parembolE\n
|
*dEmEtri/ou
|
kai\
|
sune/laben
|
au)to\n
|
kai\
|
E)/gagen
|
au)to\n
|
pro\s
|
*)arsa/kEn,
|
kai\
|
e)/Teto
|
au)to\n
|
e)n
|
fulakE=|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_3
|
kai
|
eporeuTE
|
kai
|
epataXen
|
tEn
|
parembolEn
|
dEmEtriu
|
kai
|
synelaben
|
auton
|
kai
|
Egagen
|
auton
|
pros
|
arsakEn,
|
kai
|
eTeto
|
auton
|
en
|
fylakE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_3
|
C
|
VCI_API3S
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_ASF
|
N1_ASF
|
N2_GSM
|
C
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
RD_ASM
|
C
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
RD_ASM
|
P
|
N1M_ASM
|
C
|
VEI_AMI3S
|
RD_ASM
|
P
|
N1_DSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_3
|
and also, even, namely
|
to go
|
and also, even, namely
|
to smite
|
the
|
camp camp, barracks, army
|
Demetrius
|
and also, even, namely
|
to seizing lasso, catch,conceive, nab, apprehend, arrest, capture
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to lead
|
he/she/it/same
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
to place lay, put, set, situate, station
|
he/she/it/same
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
prison guard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_3
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-GO-ed
|
and
|
he/she/it-SMITE-ed
|
the (acc)
|
camp (acc)
|
Demetrius (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-SEIZING-ed
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
and
|
he/she/it-LEAD-ed
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-PLACE-ed
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
prison (dat)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_3
|
1Mch_14:3_1
|
1Mch_14:3_2
|
1Mch_14:3_3
|
1Mch_14:3_4
|
1Mch_14:3_5
|
1Mch_14:3_6
|
1Mch_14:3_7
|
1Mch_14:3_8
|
1Mch_14:3_9
|
1Mch_14:3_10
|
1Mch_14:3_11
|
1Mch_14:3_12
|
1Mch_14:3_13
|
1Mch_14:3_14
|
1Mch_14:3_15
|
1Mch_14:3_16
|
1Mch_14:3_17
|
1Mch_14:3_18
|
1Mch_14:3_19
|
1Mch_14:3_20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_4
|
καὶ ἡσύχασεν ἡ γῆ Ιουδα πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας Σιμωνος, καὶ ἐζήτησεν ἀγαθὰ τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἤρεσεν αὐτοῖς ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_4
|
As for the land of Judea, that was quiet all the days of Simon; for he sought the good of his nation in such wise, as that evermore his authority and honour pleased them well. (1 Maccabees 14:4 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_4
|
Jak długo Szymonżył, w kraju panował pokój. Starał się on dla swojego narodu o to, co dobre. Władanie jego im się podobało, a także chwała jego - po wszystkie dni. (1 Mch 14:4 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_4
|
Καὶ
|
ἡσύχασεν
|
ἡ
|
γῆ
|
Ιουδα
|
πάσας
|
τὰς
|
ἡμέρας
|
Σιμωνος,
|
καὶ
|
ἐζήτησεν
|
ἀγαθὰ
|
τῷ
|
ἔθνει
|
αὐτοῦ,
|
καὶ
|
ἤρεσεν
|
αὐτοῖς
|
ἡ
|
ἐξουσία
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἡ
|
δόξα
|
αὐτοῦ
|
πάσας
|
τὰς
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_4
|
καί
|
ἡσυχάζω (ησυχαζ-, ησυχα·σ-, ησυχα·σ-, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γῆ, -ῆς, ἡ, voc. sg. γῆ
|
Ἰούδας, -α and -ου, ὁ
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός; πάσσω [LXX] (πασσ-, -, πα·σ-, -, πεπασ-, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἡμέρα, -ας -ἡ
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
καί
|
ζητέω (ζητ(ε)-, ζητη·σ-, ζητη·σ-, -, -, ζητη·θ-)
|
ἀγαθός -ή -όν (cf. καλός)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔθνο·ς, -ους, τό, voc. pl. ἔθνη
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ἀρέσκω (αρεσκ-, αρε·σ-, αρε·σ-, -, -, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐξ·ουσία, -ας, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δόξα, -ης, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός; πάσσω [LXX] (πασσ-, -, πα·σ-, -, πεπασ-, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_4
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By uspokajać się ize
|
—
|
Ziemi/ziemia
|
Judasz/Juda
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z; by kropić
|
—
|
Dzień
|
Simon
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By szukać
|
Dobre z natury dobro, to jest Bóg pracował.
|
—
|
Naród [zobacz etniczny]
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Do proszę
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
—
|
Władzy kontrola, władca, siła, poruszają się, wolność pozwalana przez pokój, pozwolenie {licencję}
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Sławy/wzbudzanie grozy
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z; by kropić
|
—
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_4
|
*kai\
|
E(su/CHasen
|
E(
|
gE=
|
*iouda
|
pa/sas
|
ta\s
|
E(me/ras
|
*simOnos,
|
kai\
|
e)DZE/tEsen
|
a)gaTa\
|
tO=|
|
e)/Tnei
|
au)tou=,
|
kai\
|
E)/resen
|
au)toi=s
|
E(
|
e)Xousi/a
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
E(
|
do/Xa
|
au)tou=
|
pa/sas
|
ta\s
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_4
|
kai
|
hEsyCHasen
|
hE
|
gE
|
iuda
|
pasas
|
tas
|
hEmeras
|
simOnos,
|
kai
|
eDZEtEsen
|
agaTa
|
tO
|
eTnei
|
autu,
|
kai
|
Eresen
|
autois
|
hE
|
eXusia
|
autu
|
kai
|
hE
|
doXa
|
autu
|
pasas
|
tas
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_4
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_NSF
|
N1_NSF
|
N_GSM
|
A1S_APF
|
RA_APF
|
N1A_APF
|
N3N_GSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
A1_APN
|
RA_DSN
|
N3E_DSN
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RD_DPM
|
RA_NSF
|
N1A_NSF
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
RA_NSF
|
N1S_NSF
|
RD_GSM
|
A1S_APF
|
RA_APF
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_4
|
and also, even, namely
|
to quiet-ize
|
the
|
earth/land
|
Judas/Judah
|
every all, each, every, the whole of; to sprinkle
|
the
|
day
|
Simon
|
and also, even, namely
|
to seek
|
good inherently good, i.e. God-wrought.
|
the
|
nation [see ethnic]
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to please
|
he/she/it/same
|
the
|
authority control, ruler, power, sway, freedom permitted by peace, licence
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
glory/awesomeness
|
he/she/it/same
|
every all, each, every, the whole of; to sprinkle
|
the
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_4
|
and
|
he/she/it-QUIET-IZE-ed
|
the (nom)
|
earth/land (nom|voc)
|
Judas/Judah (gen, voc)
|
all (acc); upon SPRINKLE-ing (nom|voc)
|
the (acc)
|
day (gen), days (acc)
|
Simon (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-SEEK-ed
|
good ([Adj] nom|acc|voc)
|
the (dat)
|
nation (dat)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-PLEASE-ed
|
them/same (dat)
|
the (nom)
|
authority (nom|voc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
glory/awesomeness (nom|voc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
all (acc); upon SPRINKLE-ing (nom|voc)
|
the (acc)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_4
|
1Mch_14:4_1
|
1Mch_14:4_2
|
1Mch_14:4_3
|
1Mch_14:4_4
|
1Mch_14:4_5
|
1Mch_14:4_6
|
1Mch_14:4_7
|
1Mch_14:4_8
|
1Mch_14:4_9
|
1Mch_14:4_10
|
1Mch_14:4_11
|
1Mch_14:4_12
|
1Mch_14:4_13
|
1Mch_14:4_14
|
1Mch_14:4_15
|
1Mch_14:4_16
|
1Mch_14:4_17
|
1Mch_14:4_18
|
1Mch_14:4_19
|
1Mch_14:4_20
|
1Mch_14:4_21
|
1Mch_14:4_22
|
1Mch_14:4_23
|
1Mch_14:4_24
|
1Mch_14:4_25
|
1Mch_14:4_26
|
1Mch_14:4_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_5
|
καὶ μετὰ πάσης τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἔλαβεν τὴν Ιοππην εἰς λιμένα καὶ ἐποίησεν εἴσοδον ταῖς νήσοις τῆς θαλάσσης.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_5
|
And as he was honourable in all his acts, so in this, that he took Joppa for an haven, and made an entrance to the isles of the sea, (1 Maccabees 14:5 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_5
|
Przy całej swej chwale zdobył Jafę na port i uczynił przystęp do wysp zamorskich, (1 Mch 14:5 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_5
|
καὶ
|
μετὰ
|
πάσης
|
τῆς
|
δόξης
|
αὐτοῦ
|
ἔλαβεν
|
τὴν
|
Ιοππην
|
εἰς
|
λιμένα
|
καὶ
|
ἐποίησεν
|
εἴσοδον
|
ταῖς
|
νήσοις
|
τῆς
|
θαλάσσης.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_5
|
καί
|
μετά
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δόξα, -ης, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
λαμβάνω (λαμβαν-, λημψ-/ληψ-, λαβ·[σ]- or 2nd λαβ-, ειληφ·[κ]-, ειληβ-, λημφ·θ-/ληφ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Ἰόππη, -ης, ἡ
|
εἰς[1]
|
λιμήν, -ένος, ὁ
|
καί
|
ποιέω (ποι(ε)-, ποιη·σ-, ποιη·σ-, πεποιη·κ-, πεποιη-, ποιη·θ-)
|
εἴσ·οδος, -ου, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
νῆσος, -ου, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
θάλασσα, -ης, ἡ
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_5
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Potem (+przyspieszenie), z (+informacja) µ??' Przed przydechem słabym, µ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z
|
—
|
Sławy/wzbudzanie grozy
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By brać uchwyt chwytu, trzymać kurczowo, przylegać do, chwytać, przyjmować, kłaść ręce na, brać przez gwałtowność, zabierać, bóstwa, chwytać, posiadać, chwytać, dowiadywać się, dostrzegać, doganiać, rozumieć
|
—
|
Joppa
|
Do (+przyspieszenie)
|
Port
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By czynić/rób
|
Wejście {Pozycja}
|
—
|
Wyspa
|
—
|
Morze
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_5
|
kai\
|
meta\
|
pa/sEs
|
tE=s
|
do/XEs
|
au)tou=
|
e)/laben
|
tE\n
|
*ioppEn
|
ei)s
|
lime/na
|
kai\
|
e)poi/Esen
|
ei)/sodon
|
tai=s
|
nE/sois
|
tE=s
|
Tala/ssEs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_5
|
kai
|
meta
|
pasEs
|
tEs
|
doXEs
|
autu
|
elaben
|
tEn
|
ioppEn
|
eis
|
limena
|
kai
|
epoiEsen
|
eisodon
|
tais
|
nEsois
|
tEs
|
TalassEs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_5
|
C
|
P
|
A1S_GSF
|
RA_GSF
|
N1S_GSF
|
RD_GSM
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
RA_ASF
|
N1_ASF
|
P
|
N3_ASM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
N2_ASF
|
RA_DPF
|
N2_DPF
|
RA_GSF
|
N1S_GSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_5
|
and also, even, namely
|
after (+acc), with (+gen) μετ’ before smooth breathing, μεθ’ before rough breathing
|
every all, each, every, the whole of
|
the
|
glory/awesomeness
|
he/she/it/same
|
to take hold of grasp, clutch, cling to, seize, receive, lay hands upon, take by violence, carry off, of a deity, seize, possess, catch, find out, detect, overtake, understand
|
the
|
Joppa
|
into (+acc)
|
harbor
|
and also, even, namely
|
to do/make
|
entry
|
the
|
island
|
the
|
sea
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_5
|
and
|
after (+acc), with (+gen)
|
every (gen)
|
the (gen)
|
glory/awesomeness (gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
he/she/it-TAKE HOLD OF-ed
|
the (acc)
|
Joppa (acc)
|
into (+acc)
|
harbor (acc)
|
and
|
he/she/it-DO/MAKE-ed
|
entry (acc)
|
the (dat)
|
islands (dat)
|
the (gen)
|
sea (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_5
|
1Mch_14:5_1
|
1Mch_14:5_2
|
1Mch_14:5_3
|
1Mch_14:5_4
|
1Mch_14:5_5
|
1Mch_14:5_6
|
1Mch_14:5_7
|
1Mch_14:5_8
|
1Mch_14:5_9
|
1Mch_14:5_10
|
1Mch_14:5_11
|
1Mch_14:5_12
|
1Mch_14:5_13
|
1Mch_14:5_14
|
1Mch_14:5_15
|
1Mch_14:5_16
|
1Mch_14:5_17
|
1Mch_14:5_18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_6
|
καὶ ἐπλάτυνεν τὰ ὅριατῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκράτησεν τῆς χώρας.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_6
|
And enlarged the bounds of his nation, and recovered the country, (1 Maccabees 14:6 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_6
|
rozszerzył graniceswojego narodu i objął władzę nad krajem. (1 Mch 14:6 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_6
|
καὶ
|
ἐπλάτυνεν
|
τὰ
|
ὅρια
|
τῷ
|
ἔθνει
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἐκράτησεν
|
τῆς
|
χώρας.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_6
|
καί
|
πλατύνω (πλατυν-, -, πλατυν·[σ]-, -, πεπλατυν-, πλατυν·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὅριον, -ου, τό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔθνο·ς, -ους, τό, voc. pl. ἔθνη
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
κρατέω (κρατ(ε)-, κρατη·σ-, κρατη·σ-, κεκρατη·κ-, κεκρατη-, κρατη·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_6
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By powiększać się
|
—
|
Granica
|
—
|
Naród [zobacz etniczny]
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By chwytać/rzucenie się by brać uchwyt z, by być potężne, by chwytać, nieść, nieść, zatrzymywać
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_6
|
kai\
|
e)pla/tunen
|
ta\
|
o(/ria
|
tO=|
|
e)/Tnei
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
e)kra/tEsen
|
tE=s
|
CHO/ras.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_6
|
kai
|
eplatynen
|
ta
|
horia
|
tO
|
eTnei
|
autu
|
kai
|
ekratEsen
|
tEs
|
CHOras.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_6
|
C
|
V1I_IAI3S
|
RA_APN
|
N2N_APN
|
RA_DSN
|
N3E_DSN
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_6
|
and also, even, namely
|
to enlarge
|
the
|
boundary
|
the
|
nation [see ethnic]
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to seize/grab hold to take hold of, to be powerful, to seize, bear, carry, detain
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_6
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-ENLARGE-ing, he/she/it-ENLARGE-ed
|
the (nom|acc)
|
boundaries (nom|acc|voc)
|
the (dat)
|
nation (dat)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-SEIZE/GRAB-ed-HOLD
|
the (gen)
|
region (gen), regions (acc)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_6
|
1Mch_14:6_1
|
1Mch_14:6_2
|
1Mch_14:6_3
|
1Mch_14:6_4
|
1Mch_14:6_5
|
1Mch_14:6_6
|
1Mch_14:6_7
|
1Mch_14:6_8
|
1Mch_14:6_9
|
1Mch_14:6_10
|
1Mch_14:6_11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_7
|
καὶ συνήγαγεν αἰχμαλωσίαν πολλὴν καὶ ἐκυρίευσεν Γαζαρων καὶ Βαιθσουρων καὶ τῆς ἄκρας· καὶ ἐξῆρεν τὰς ἀκαθαρσίας ἐξ αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἀντικείμενος αὐτῷ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_7
|
And gathered together a great number of captives, and had the dominion of Gazera, and Bethsura, and the tower, out of the which he took all uncleanness, neither was there any that resisted him. (1 Maccabees 14:7 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_7
|
Zabrał wielką liczbę niewolników, opanował Gezer, Bet-Sur i zamek, usunął stamtąd wszelką nieczystość, a nie było takiego, kto by mu się sprzeciwił. (1 Mch 14:7 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_7
|
καὶ
|
συνήγαγεν
|
αἰχμαλωσίαν
|
πολλὴν
|
καὶ
|
ἐκυρίευσεν
|
Γαζαρων
|
καὶ
|
Βαιθσουρων
|
καὶ
|
τῆς
|
ἄκρας·
|
καὶ
|
ἐξῆρεν
|
τὰς
|
ἀκαθαρσίας
|
ἐξ
|
αὐτῆς,
|
καὶ
|
οὐκ
|
ἦν
|
ὁ
|
ἀντικείμενος
|
αὐτῷ.
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_7
|
καί
|
συν·άγω (συν+αγ-, συν+αξ-, συν+ηξ- or 2nd συν+αγαγ-, συν+αγειοχ·[κ]-, συν+ηγ-, συν+αχ·θ-)
|
αἰχμ·αλωσία, -ας, ἡ
|
πολ[λ]ύς πολλή πολ[λ]ύ
|
καί
|
κυριεύω (κυριευ-, κυριευ·σ-, κυριευ·σ-, -, -, κυριευ·θ-)
|
|
καί
|
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
καί
|
ἐξ·αίρω (εξ+αιρ-, εξ+αρ(ε)·[σ]-, εξ+αρ·[σ]- or 2nd εξ+αρ-, -, εξ+ηρ-, εξ+αρ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀ·καθαρσία, -ας, ἡ
|
ἐκ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
οὐ[2]/οὐκ/οὐχ
|
εἰμί[1] (ath. (εσ)-/(εσ)-, εσ·[σ]-, -, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀντί·κει·μαι (ath. αντι+κει-, -, -, -, -, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_7
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By zbierać się razem
|
Jeńcy
|
Dużo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By być pan z/ponad panującym, chwytać, zdobywać, podnosić do godności lorda albo opanowywać z, zyskiwać posiadanie z ??????? Natykaj się na
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By usuwać
|
—
|
uncleaness
|
Z (+informacja) ?? Przed samogłoskami
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
??? Przed przydechem mocnym
|
By być
|
—
|
By leżeć {By kłamać} przeciwległy {przeciwny}
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_7
|
kai\
|
sunE/gagen
|
ai)CHmalOsi/an
|
pollE\n
|
kai\
|
e)kuri/eusen
|
*gaDZarOn
|
kai\
|
*baiTsourOn
|
kai\
|
tE=s
|
a)/kras·
|
kai\
|
e)XE=ren
|
ta\s
|
a)kaTarsi/as
|
e)X
|
au)tE=s,
|
kai\
|
ou)k
|
E)=n
|
o(
|
a)ntikei/menos
|
au)tO=|.
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_7
|
kai
|
synEgagen
|
aiCHmalOsian
|
pollEn
|
kai
|
ekyrieusen
|
gaDZarOn
|
kai
|
baiTsurOn
|
kai
|
tEs
|
akras·
|
kai
|
eXEren
|
tas
|
akaTarsias
|
eX
|
autEs,
|
kai
|
uk
|
En
|
ho
|
antikeimenos
|
autO.
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_7
|
C
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
N1A_ASF
|
A1_ASF
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
N_GP
|
C
|
N_GP
|
C
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_APF
|
N1A_APF
|
P
|
RD_GSF
|
C
|
D
|
V9_IAI3S
|
RA_NSM
|
V5_PMPNSM
|
RD_DSM
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_7
|
and also, even, namely
|
to gather together
|
captives
|
much
|
and also, even, namely
|
to be lord of/over dominant, seize, capture, lord or master of, gain possession of κυριέψω come upon
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
to remove
|
the
|
uncleaness
|
out of (+gen) ἐξ beforevowels
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
οὐχ before rough breathing
|
to be
|
the
|
to lie opposite
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_7
|
and
|
he/she/it-GATHER TOGETHER-ed
|
captives (acc)
|
much (acc)
|
and
|
he/she/it-BE-ed-LORD-OF/OVER
|
|
and
|
|
and
|
the (gen)
|
|
and
|
he/she/it-REMOVE-ed
|
the (acc)
|
uncleaness (gen), uncleanesss (acc)
|
out of (+gen)
|
her/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
not
|
he/she/it-was
|
the (nom)
|
while being-LIE-ed-OPPOSITE (nom)
|
him/it/same (dat)
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_7
|
1Mch_14:7_1
|
1Mch_14:7_2
|
1Mch_14:7_3
|
1Mch_14:7_4
|
1Mch_14:7_5
|
1Mch_14:7_6
|
1Mch_14:7_7
|
1Mch_14:7_8
|
1Mch_14:7_9
|
1Mch_14:7_10
|
1Mch_14:7_11
|
1Mch_14:7_12
|
1Mch_14:7_13
|
1Mch_14:7_14
|
1Mch_14:7_15
|
1Mch_14:7_16
|
1Mch_14:7_17
|
1Mch_14:7_18
|
1Mch_14:7_19
|
1Mch_14:7_20
|
1Mch_14:7_21
|
1Mch_14:7_22
|
1Mch_14:7_23
|
1Mch_14:7_24
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_8
|
καὶ ἦσαν γεωργοῦντες τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν μετ’ εἰρήνης, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐδίδου τὰ γενήματα αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ ξύλα τῶν πεδίων τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῶν.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_8
|
Then did they till theirground in peace, and the earth gave her increase, and the trees of the field their fruit. (1 Maccabees 14:8 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_8
|
Spokojnie uprawiali swą ziemię, a ziemia wydawała plony, drzewa zaś na polu - owoce. (1 Mch 14:8 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_8
|
καὶ
|
ἦσαν
|
γεωργοῦντες
|
τὴν
|
γῆν
|
αὐτῶν
|
μετ’
|
εἰρήνης,
|
καὶ
|
ἡ
|
γῆ
|
ἐδίδου
|
τὰ
|
γενήματα
|
αὐτῆς
|
καὶ
|
τὰ
|
ξύλα
|
τῶν
|
πεδίων
|
τὸν
|
καρπὸν
|
αὐτῶν.
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_8
|
καί
|
εἰμί[1] (ath. (εσ)-/(εσ)-, εσ·[σ]-, -, -, -, -)
|
γεωργέω (γεωργ(ε)-, -, -, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γῆ, -ῆς, ἡ, voc. sg. γῆ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
μετά
|
εἰρήνη, -ης, ἡ
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γῆ, -ῆς, ἡ, voc. sg. γῆ
|
δίδωμι (ath. διδ(ο)-/ath. διδ(ω)-, δω·σ-, δω·κ- or 2nd ath. δ(ο)-/ath. δ(ω)-, δεδω·κ-, δεδο-, δο·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γένημα[τ], -ατος, τό
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ξύλον, -ου, τό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
καρπός[1], -οῦ, ὁ; Κάρπος[2], -ου, ὁ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_8
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By być
|
By uprawiać
|
—
|
Ziemi/ziemia
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Potem (+przyspieszenie), z (+informacja) µ??' Przed przydechem słabym, µ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
Pokój
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Ziemi/ziemia
|
By dawać
|
—
|
Owocu owoc z
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Drzewo/drewniany rzeczy Kawałek lasku {drewna}; drewniane narzędzie; szubienice albo, w NT, krzyżują się.
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Owoc; Nadgarstek
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_8
|
kai\
|
E)=san
|
geOrgou=ntes
|
tE\n
|
gE=n
|
au)tO=n
|
met’
|
ei)rE/nEs,
|
kai\
|
E(
|
gE=
|
e)di/dou
|
ta\
|
genE/mata
|
au)tE=s
|
kai\
|
ta\
|
Xu/la
|
tO=n
|
pedi/On
|
to\n
|
karpo\n
|
au)tO=n.
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_8
|
kai
|
Esan
|
geOrguntes
|
tEn
|
gEn
|
autOn
|
met’
|
eirEnEs,
|
kai
|
hE
|
gE
|
edidu
|
ta
|
genEmata
|
autEs
|
kai
|
ta
|
Xyla
|
tOn
|
pediOn
|
ton
|
karpon
|
autOn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_8
|
C
|
V9_IAI3P
|
V2_PAPNPM
|
RA_ASF
|
N1_ASF
|
RD_GPM
|
P
|
N1_GSF
|
C
|
RA_NSF
|
N1_NSF
|
V8I_IMI3S
|
RA_APN
|
N3M_APN
|
RD_GSF
|
C
|
RA_APN
|
N2N_APN
|
RA_GPN
|
N2N_GPN
|
RA_ASM
|
N2_ASM
|
RD_GPM
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_8
|
and also, even, namely
|
to be
|
to cultivate
|
the
|
earth/land
|
he/she/it/same
|
after (+acc), with (+gen) μετ’ before smooth breathing, μεθ’ before rough breathing
|
peace
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
earth/land
|
to give
|
the
|
fruit fruit of
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
tree/wooden thing Piece of wood; wooden implement; gallows or, in NT, cross.
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
fruit; Carpus
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_8
|
and
|
they-were
|
while CULTIVATE-ing (nom|voc)
|
the (acc)
|
earth/land (acc)
|
them/same (gen)
|
after (+acc), with (+gen)
|
peace (gen)
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
earth/land (nom|voc)
|
he/she/it-was-GIVE-ing
|
the (nom|acc)
|
fruits (nom|acc|voc)
|
her/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
the (nom|acc)
|
trees/wooden things (nom|acc|voc)
|
the (gen)
|
|
the (acc)
|
fruit (acc); Carpus (acc)
|
them/same (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_8
|
1Mch_14:8_1
|
1Mch_14:8_2
|
1Mch_14:8_3
|
1Mch_14:8_4
|
1Mch_14:8_5
|
1Mch_14:8_6
|
1Mch_14:8_7
|
1Mch_14:8_8
|
1Mch_14:8_9
|
1Mch_14:8_10
|
1Mch_14:8_11
|
1Mch_14:8_12
|
1Mch_14:8_13
|
1Mch_14:8_14
|
1Mch_14:8_15
|
1Mch_14:8_16
|
1Mch_14:8_17
|
1Mch_14:8_18
|
1Mch_14:8_19
|
1Mch_14:8_20
|
1Mch_14:8_21
|
1Mch_14:8_22
|
1Mch_14:8_23
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_9
|
πρεσβύτεροι ἐν ταῖςπλατείαις ἐκάθηντο, πάντες περὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐκοινολογοῦντο, καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ἐνεδύσαντο δόξας καὶ στολὰς πολέμου.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_9
|
The ancient men sat all in the streets, communing together of good things, and the young men put on glorious and warlike apparel. (1 Maccabees 14:9 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_9
|
Starcy siedzieli naulicach, wszyscy opowiadali o szczęściu, młodzieńcy zaś przywdziewali wspaniałe szaty i wojenne zbroje. (1 Mch 14:9 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_9
|
πρεσβύτεροι
|
ἐν
|
ταῖς
|
πλατείαις
|
ἐκάθηντο,
|
πάντες
|
περὶ
|
ἀγαθῶν
|
ἐκοινολογοῦντο,
|
καὶ
|
οἱ
|
νεανίσκοι
|
ἐνεδύσαντο
|
δόξας
|
καὶ
|
στολὰς
|
πολέμου.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_9
|
πρεσβύ·τερος -α -ον (Comp. of πρέσβυς)
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πλατεῖα, -ας, ἡ; πλατύς -εῖα -ύ, gen. sg. -έος and -έως
|
κάθ·η·μαι (ath. καθ(η)-, καθη·σ-, -, -, -, -)
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός
|
περί
|
ἀγαθός -ή -όν (cf. καλός)
|
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
νεανίσκος, -ου, ὁ, voc. pl. νεανίσκοι
|
ἐν·δύω (εν+δυ-, εν+δυ·σ-, εν+δυ·σ-, εν+δεδυ·κ-, εν+δεδυ-, -)
|
δόξα, -ης, ἡ; δοκέω (δοκ(ε)-, δοξ-, δοξ-, -, δεδοκ-, -)
|
καί
|
στολή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
πόλεμος, -ου, ὁ; πολεμέω (πολεμ(ε)-, πολεμη·σ-, πολεμη·σ-, -, -, πολεμη·θ-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_9
|
Starszy
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Obszerny szeroko; obszerny ponieważ kozły nie utrzymują się blisko razem w stadzie jak owca robią w stadzie, Il. 2.274, Od. 14.101, 103.; szeroko
|
By siedzieć
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z
|
Dookoła (+przyspieszenie,+informacja)
|
Dobre z natury dobro, to jest Bóg pracował.
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Młody człowiek
|
By ubierać
|
Sławy/wzbudzanie grozy; by oczekiwać zdawać się, do proszę, by zdawać się dobrym do
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Szyku uniform, kostium, prośba
|
Wojna [zobacz polemiczny]; by walczyć z wojną
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_9
|
presbu/teroi
|
e)n
|
tai=s
|
platei/ais
|
e)ka/TEnto,
|
pa/ntes
|
peri\
|
a)gaTO=n
|
e)koinologou=nto,
|
kai\
|
oi(
|
neani/skoi
|
e)nedu/santo
|
do/Xas
|
kai\
|
stola\s
|
pole/mou.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_9
|
presbyteroi
|
en
|
tais
|
plateiais
|
ekaTEnto,
|
pantes
|
peri
|
agaTOn
|
ekoinologunto,
|
kai
|
hoi
|
neaniskoi
|
enedysanto
|
doXas
|
kai
|
stolas
|
polemu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_9
|
N2_NPM
|
P
|
RA_DPF
|
A3U_DPF
|
V1I_IMI3P
|
A3_NPM
|
P
|
A1_GPM
|
V2I_IMI3P
|
C
|
RA_NPM
|
N2_NPM
|
VAI_AMI3P
|
N1S_APF
|
C
|
N1_APF
|
N2_GSM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_9
|
elder
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
broad wide; broad because goats do not keep close together in the herd as sheep do in the flock, Il. 2.274, Od. 14.101, 103.; wide
|
to sit
|
every all, each, every, the whole of
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
good inherently good, i.e. God-wrought.
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
young man
|
to clothe
|
glory/awesomeness; to expect to seem, to please, to seem good to
|
and also, even, namely
|
array uniform, costume, suit
|
war [see polemic]; to fight war
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_9
|
elder ([Adj] nom|voc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
broads (dat); wide ([Adj] dat)
|
they-were-being-SIT-ed
|
all (nom|voc)
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
good ([Adj] gen)
|
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
young men (nom|voc)
|
they-were-CLOTHE-ed
|
glories/awesomenesses (acc); upon GLORY-ing (nom|voc)
|
and
|
arraies (acc)
|
war (gen); be-you(sg)-being-FIGHT-ed!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_9
|
1Mch_14:9_1
|
1Mch_14:9_2
|
1Mch_14:9_3
|
1Mch_14:9_4
|
1Mch_14:9_5
|
1Mch_14:9_6
|
1Mch_14:9_7
|
1Mch_14:9_8
|
1Mch_14:9_9
|
1Mch_14:9_10
|
1Mch_14:9_11
|
1Mch_14:9_12
|
1Mch_14:9_13
|
1Mch_14:9_14
|
1Mch_14:9_15
|
1Mch_14:9_16
|
1Mch_14:9_17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_10
|
ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐχορήγησεν βρώματα καὶ ἔταξεν αὐτὰς ἐν σκεύεσιν ὀχυρώσεως, ἕως ὅτου ὠνομάσθη τὸ ὄνομα τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἕως ἄκρου γῆς.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_10
|
He provided victuals for the cities, and set in them all manner of munition, so that his honourable name was renowned unto the end of the world. (1 Maccabees 14:10 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_10
|
Miastom dostarczał żywności i odbudowywał je, żeby były twierdzami, do tego stopnia, że imię jego z chwałą było wspominane aż na krańcach ziemi. (1 Mch 14:10 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_10
|
ταῖς
|
πόλεσιν
|
ἐχορήγησεν
|
βρώματα
|
καὶ
|
ἔταξεν
|
αὐτὰς
|
ἐν
|
σκεύεσιν
|
ὀχυρώσεως,
|
ἕως
|
ὅτου
|
ὠνομάσθη
|
τὸ
|
ὄνομα
|
τῆς
|
δόξης
|
αὐτοῦ
|
ἕως
|
ἄκρου
|
γῆς.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_10
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πόλις, -εως, ἡ
|
χορ·ηγέω (χορηγ(ε)-, χορηγη·σ-, χορηγη·σ-, -, κεχορηγη-, χορηγη·θ-)
|
βρῶμα[τ], -ατος, τό
|
καί
|
τάσσω/τάττω (τασσ-/ταττ-, ταξ-, ταξ-, τεταχ·[κ]-, τετασσ-, ταχ·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἐν
|
σκεῦο·ς, -ους, τό
|
|
ἕως[1]; ἕως[2], -ω, ἡ [LXX], acc. -ω
|
ὅσ·τι[ν]ς ἥ·τι[ν]ς ὄ τι[ν]
|
ὀνομάζω (ονομαζ-, ονομα·σ-, ονομα·σ-, -, -, ονομασ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὄνομα[τ], -ατος, τό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δόξα, -ης, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἕως[1]; ἕως[2], -ω, ἡ [LXX], acc. -ω
|
ἄκρον, -ου, τό
|
γῆ, -ῆς, ἡ, voc. sg. γῆ
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_10
|
—
|
Miasto
|
By zaopatrywać zabezpieczaj się, zaopatruj (od "opłacaj wydatki ?????" To jest, chór)
|
Żywność
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By rozkazywać {By zamawiać} kategorię, stopień, klasę, uporządkowywać, ład
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
Naczynie
|
—
|
Aż; świtaj
|
Kto --, który --którykolwiek [??? ???? Jest ustalone wyrażenie]
|
By nazywać
|
—
|
Nazwisko {Imię} co do
|
—
|
Sławy/wzbudzanie grozy
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Aż; świtaj
|
Najdalszy obszaru/wierzchołek
|
Ziemi/ziemia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_10
|
tai=s
|
po/lesin
|
e)CHorE/gEsen
|
brO/mata
|
kai\
|
e)/taXen
|
au)ta\s
|
e)n
|
skeu/esin
|
o)CHurO/seOs,
|
e(/Os
|
o(/tou
|
O)noma/sTE
|
to\
|
o)/noma
|
tE=s
|
do/XEs
|
au)tou=
|
e(/Os
|
a)/krou
|
gE=s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_10
|
tais
|
polesin
|
eCHorEgEsen
|
brOmata
|
kai
|
etaXen
|
autas
|
en
|
skeuesin
|
oCHyrOseOs,
|
heOs
|
hotu
|
OnomasTE
|
to
|
onoma
|
tEs
|
doXEs
|
autu
|
heOs
|
akru
|
gEs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_10
|
RA_DPF
|
N3I_DPF
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
N3M_APN
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RD_APF
|
P
|
N3E_DPN
|
N3I_GSF
|
D
|
RX_GSN
|
VCI_API3S
|
RA_NSN
|
N3M_NSN
|
RA_GSF
|
N1S_GSF
|
RD_GSM
|
D
|
A1A_GSM
|
N1_GSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_10
|
the
|
city
|
to supply provide, supply (from "defray the expenses of a χορος" that is, chorus)
|
food
|
and also, even, namely
|
to order category, grade, class, trim, orderliness
|
he/she/it/same
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
vessel
|
ć
|
until; dawn
|
who-/whom-/whichever [ἕως ὅτου is a fixed expression]
|
to name
|
the
|
name with regard to
|
the
|
glory/awesomeness
|
he/she/it/same
|
until; dawn
|
furthest extent/apex
|
earth/land
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_10
|
the (dat)
|
cities (dat)
|
he/she/it-SUPPLY-ed
|
foods (nom|acc|voc)
|
and
|
he/she/it-ORDER-ed
|
them/same (acc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
vessels (dat)
|
|
until; dawn (nom|voc), dawns (acc)
|
who-/whom-/whichever (gen)
|
he/she/it-was-NAME-ed
|
the (nom|acc)
|
name (nom|acc|voc)
|
the (gen)
|
glory/awesomeness (gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
until; dawn (nom|voc), dawns (acc)
|
furthest extent/apex (gen)
|
earth/land (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_10
|
1Mch_14:10_1
|
1Mch_14:10_2
|
1Mch_14:10_3
|
1Mch_14:10_4
|
1Mch_14:10_5
|
1Mch_14:10_6
|
1Mch_14:10_7
|
1Mch_14:10_8
|
1Mch_14:10_9
|
1Mch_14:10_10
|
1Mch_14:10_11
|
1Mch_14:10_12
|
1Mch_14:10_13
|
1Mch_14:10_14
|
1Mch_14:10_15
|
1Mch_14:10_16
|
1Mch_14:10_17
|
1Mch_14:10_18
|
1Mch_14:10_19
|
1Mch_14:10_20
|
1Mch_14:10_21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_11
|
ἐποίησεν εἰρήνην ἐπὶτῆς γῆς, καὶ εὐφράνθη Ισραηλ εὐφροσύνην μεγάλην.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_11
|
He made peace in theland, and Israel rejoiced with great joy: (1 Maccabees 14:11 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_11
|
Swojemu krajowizapewnił pokój, a Izrael cieszył się bardzo i radował. (1 Mch 14:11 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_11
|
ἐποίησεν
|
εἰρήνην
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῆς
|
γῆς,
|
καὶ
|
εὐφράνθη
|
Ισραηλ
|
εὐφροσύνην
|
μεγάλην.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_11
|
ποιέω (ποι(ε)-, ποιη·σ-, ποιη·σ-, πεποιη·κ-, πεποιη-, ποιη·θ-)
|
εἰρήνη, -ης, ἡ
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γῆ, -ῆς, ἡ, voc. sg. γῆ
|
καί
|
εὐ·φραίνω (ευφραιν-, ευφραν(ε)·[σ]-, ευφραν·[σ]-, -, -, ευφραν·θ-)
|
Ἰσραήλ, ὁ
|
εὐ·φρο·σύνη, -ης, ἡ
|
μέγ[αλ]ας μεγάλη μέγ[αλ]α
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_11
|
By czynić/rób
|
Pokój
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Ziemi/ziemia
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By celebrować/bądź wesoły
|
Izrael
|
Wesołość
|
Wielki
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_11
|
e)poi/Esen
|
ei)rE/nEn
|
e)pi\
|
tE=s
|
gE=s,
|
kai\
|
eu)fra/nTE
|
*israEl
|
eu)frosu/nEn
|
mega/lEn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_11
|
epoiEsen
|
eirEnEn
|
epi
|
tEs
|
gEs,
|
kai
|
eufranTE
|
israEl
|
eufrosynEn
|
megalEn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_11
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
N1_ASF
|
P
|
RA_GSF
|
N1_GSF
|
C
|
VC_API3S
|
N_NSM
|
N1_ASF
|
A1_ASF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_11
|
to do/make
|
peace
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
earth/land
|
and also, even, namely
|
to celebrate/be merry
|
Israel
|
cheerfulness
|
great
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_11
|
he/she/it-DO/MAKE-ed
|
peace (acc)
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (gen)
|
earth/land (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-CELEBRATE/BE-ed-MERRY
|
Israel (indecl)
|
cheerfulness (acc)
|
great ([Adj] acc)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_11
|
1Mch_14:11_1
|
1Mch_14:11_2
|
1Mch_14:11_3
|
1Mch_14:11_4
|
1Mch_14:11_5
|
1Mch_14:11_6
|
1Mch_14:11_7
|
1Mch_14:11_8
|
1Mch_14:11_9
|
1Mch_14:11_10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_12
|
καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἕκαστοςὑπὸ τὴν ἄμπελον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν συκῆν αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἐκφοβῶν αὐτούς.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_12
|
For every man sat under his vine and his fig tree, and there was none to fray them: (1 Maccabees 14:12 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_12
|
Każdy zasiadł w cieniu swojej winnicy i figowego drzewa, i nie było takiego, kto by ich strachem napełniał. (1 Mch 14:12 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_12
|
καὶ
|
ἐκάθισεν
|
ἕκαστος
|
ὑπὸ
|
τὴν
|
ἄμπελον
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
τὴν
|
συκῆν
|
αὐτοῦ,
|
καὶ
|
οὐκ
|
ἦν
|
ὁ
|
ἐκφοβῶν
|
αὐτούς.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_12
|
καί
|
καθίζω (καθιζ-, καθι(ε)·[σ]-/καθι·[σ]-/καθι·σ-, καθι·σ-, κεκαθι·κ-, -, -)
|
ἕκαστος -η -ον
|
ὑπό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἄμπελος, -ου, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
συκῆ, -ῆς, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
οὐ[2]/οὐκ/οὐχ
|
εἰμί[1] (ath. (εσ)-/(εσ)-, εσ·[σ]-, -, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔκ·φοβος -ον; ἐκ·φοβέω (εκ+φοβ(ε)-, -, εκ+φοβη·σ-, -, -, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_12
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By siadać ???????), Rób siadać, siedzenie {siedziba}, brać swój siedzenie {siedzibę}, siedzieć, siedzieć jak sądź
|
Każdy
|
Poniżej (+przyspieszenie), obok (+informacja) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Winorośl
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Figi {Stroju} drzewo
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
??? Przed przydechem mocnym
|
By być
|
—
|
Przerażany (przewyższająca obawa); by przerażać
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_12
|
kai\
|
e)ka/Tisen
|
e(/kastos
|
u(po\
|
tE\n
|
a)/mpelon
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
tE\n
|
sukE=n
|
au)tou=,
|
kai\
|
ou)k
|
E)=n
|
o(
|
e)kfobO=n
|
au)tou/s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_12
|
kai
|
ekaTisen
|
hekastos
|
hypo
|
tEn
|
ampelon
|
autu
|
kai
|
tEn
|
sykEn
|
autu,
|
kai
|
uk
|
En
|
ho
|
ekfobOn
|
autus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_12
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
A1_NSM
|
P
|
RA_ASF
|
N2_ASF
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
RA_ASF
|
N1_ASF
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
D
|
V9_IAI3S
|
RA_NSM
|
V2_PAPNSM
|
RD_APM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_12
|
and also, even, namely
|
to sit down καθέδρα),make to sit down, seat, take one's seat, sit, sit as judge
|
each
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)ὑπ’ before smooth breathing, ὑφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
grapevine
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
fig tree
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
οὐχ before rough breathing
|
to be
|
the
|
terrified (exceeding fear); to terrify
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_12
|
and
|
he/she/it-SIT DOWN-ed
|
each (of two) (nom)
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)
|
the (acc)
|
grapevine (acc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
the (acc)
|
fig tree (acc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
not
|
he/she/it-was
|
the (nom)
|
terrified ([Adj] gen); while TERRIFY-ing (nom)
|
them/same (acc)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_12
|
1Mch_14:12_1
|
1Mch_14:12_2
|
1Mch_14:12_3
|
1Mch_14:12_4
|
1Mch_14:12_5
|
1Mch_14:12_6
|
1Mch_14:12_7
|
1Mch_14:12_8
|
1Mch_14:12_9
|
1Mch_14:12_10
|
1Mch_14:12_11
|
1Mch_14:12_12
|
1Mch_14:12_13
|
1Mch_14:12_14
|
1Mch_14:12_15
|
1Mch_14:12_16
|
1Mch_14:12_17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_13
|
καὶ ἐξέλιπεν πολεμῶναὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς συνετρίβησαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_13
|
Neither was there anyleft in the land to fight against them: yea, the kings themselves were overthrown in those days. (1 Maccabees 14:13 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_13
|
W kraju nie pozostał żaden nieprzyjaciel, a królowie w tych czasach zostali starci. (1 Mch 14:13 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_13
|
καὶ
|
ἐξέλιπεν
|
πολεμῶν
|
αὐτοὺς
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῆς
|
γῆς,
|
καὶ
|
οἱ
|
βασιλεῖς
|
συνετρίβησαν
|
ἐν
|
ταῖς
|
ἡμέραις
|
ἐκείναις.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_13
|
καί
|
ἐκ·λείπω (εκ+λειπ-, εκ+λειψ-, 2nd εκ+λιπ-, εκ+λελοιπ·[κ]-, εκ+λελειπ-, -)
|
πόλεμος, -ου, ὁ; πολεμέω (πολεμ(ε)-, πολεμη·σ-, πολεμη·σ-, -, -, πολεμη·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γῆ, -ῆς, ἡ, voc. sg. γῆ
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
συν·τρίβω (συν+τριβ-, συν+τριψ-, συν+τριψ-, -, συν+τετριβ-, συν+τριβ·[θ]-)
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἡμέρα, -ας -ἡ
|
ἐκεῖνος -η -ο
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_13
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By zawodzić (zmarły; zawódź, brakuj, pustynny, porzucaj, uwolniony, opuszczany)
|
Wojna [zobacz polemiczny]; by walczyć z wojną
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Ziemi/ziemia
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Król
|
By łamać się gnieść się zupełnie, łamać się (w kawałkach)
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Dzień
|
Tamto
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_13
|
kai\
|
e)Xe/lipen
|
polemO=n
|
au)tou\s
|
e)pi\
|
tE=s
|
gE=s,
|
kai\
|
oi(
|
basilei=s
|
sunetri/bEsan
|
e)n
|
tai=s
|
E(me/rais
|
e)kei/nais.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_13
|
kai
|
eXelipen
|
polemOn
|
autus
|
epi
|
tEs
|
gEs,
|
kai
|
hoi
|
basileis
|
synetribEsan
|
en
|
tais
|
hEmerais
|
ekeinais.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_13
|
C
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
N2_GPM
|
RD_APM
|
P
|
RA_GSF
|
N1_GSF
|
C
|
RA_NPM
|
N3V_NPM
|
VDI_API3P
|
P
|
RA_DPF
|
N1A_DPF
|
RD_DPF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_13
|
and also, even, namely
|
to fail (deceased; fail, be wanting, desert, abandon, quit, left out)
|
war [see polemic]; to fight war
|
he/she/it/same
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
earth/land
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
king
|
to break to crush completely, break (in pieces)
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
day
|
that
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_13
|
and
|
he/she/it-FAIL-ed
|
wars (gen); while FIGHT-ing (nom)
|
them/same (acc)
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (gen)
|
earth/land (gen)
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
kings (acc, nom|voc)
|
they-were-BREAK-ed
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
days (dat)
|
those (dat)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_13
|
1Mch_14:13_1
|
1Mch_14:13_2
|
1Mch_14:13_3
|
1Mch_14:13_4
|
1Mch_14:13_5
|
1Mch_14:13_6
|
1Mch_14:13_7
|
1Mch_14:13_8
|
1Mch_14:13_9
|
1Mch_14:13_10
|
1Mch_14:13_11
|
1Mch_14:13_12
|
1Mch_14:13_13
|
1Mch_14:13_14
|
1Mch_14:13_15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_14
|
καὶ ἐστήρισεν πάνταςτοὺς ταπεινοὺς τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ· τὸν νόμον ἐξεζήτησεν καὶ ἐξῆρεν πάντα ἄνομον καὶ πονηρόν·
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_14
|
Moreover he strengthened all those of his people that were brought low: the law he searched out; and every contemner of the law and wicked person he took away. (1 Maccabees 14:14 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_14
|
On był podporą dla wszystkich słabych ze swojego ludu, pełen gorliwości o Prawo wypędził wszystkich bezbożnych i złych; (1 Mch 14:14 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_14
|
καὶ
|
ἐστήρισεν
|
πάντας
|
τοὺς
|
ταπεινοὺς
|
τοῦ
|
λαοῦ
|
αὐτοῦ·
|
τὸν
|
νόμον
|
ἐξεζήτησεν
|
καὶ
|
ἐξῆρεν
|
πάντα
|
ἄνομον
|
καὶ
|
πονηρόν·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_14
|
καί
|
στηρίζω (στηριζ-, στηρι(ε)·[σ]-/στηρι·σ-/στηριξ-, στηρι·σ-/στηριξ-, εστηρι·κ-, εστηρι-/εστηρισ-/εστηριγ-, στηρισ·θ-/στηριχ·θ-)
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ταπεινός -ή -όν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λαός, -οῦ, ὁ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
νόμος, -ου, ὁ
|
ἐκ·ζητέω (εκ+ζητ(ε)-, εκ+ζητη·σ-, εκ+ζητη·σ-, -, εξ+εζητη-, εκ+ζητη·θ-)
|
καί
|
ἐξ·αίρω (εξ+αιρ-, εξ+αρ(ε)·[σ]-, εξ+αρ·[σ]- or 2nd εξ+αρ-, -, εξ+ηρ-, εξ+αρ·θ-)
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός
|
ἄ·νομος -ον
|
καί
|
πονηρός -ά -όν
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_14
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Do popieranego podtrzymuj, znacz bojami, podpieraj, opieraj, udowadniał
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z
|
—
|
Biedny skromny, poniżaj, upokarzaj, gangrenuj się, osłabiaj, upokarzaj
|
—
|
Ludzie
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
—
|
Prawo
|
By odszukiwać
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By usuwać
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z
|
Na zewnątrz prawa
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Niegodziwe wietrzenie (podnoszenie, radując się w, albo przedkładające) twardo {ciężko}, żmudny, praca. Od ???? ??? ?????
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_14
|
kai\
|
e)stE/risen
|
pa/ntas
|
tou\s
|
tapeinou\s
|
tou=
|
laou=
|
au)tou=·
|
to\n
|
no/mon
|
e)XeDZE/tEsen
|
kai\
|
e)XE=ren
|
pa/nta
|
a)/nomon
|
kai\
|
ponEro/n·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_14
|
kai
|
estErisen
|
pantas
|
tus
|
tapeinus
|
tu
|
lau
|
autu·
|
ton
|
nomon
|
eXeDZEtEsen
|
kai
|
eXEren
|
panta
|
anomon
|
kai
|
ponEron·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_14
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
A3_APM
|
RA_APM
|
A1_APM
|
RA_GSM
|
N2_GSM
|
RD_GSM
|
RA_ASM
|
N2_ASM
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
A3_ASM
|
A1B_ASM
|
C
|
A1A_ASM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_14
|
and also, even, namely
|
to supported uphold, buoy, buttress, base, substantiated
|
every all, each, every, the whole of
|
the
|
poor lowly, abase, humble, mortify, depress, humiliate
|
the
|
people
|
he/she/it/same
|
the
|
law
|
to seek out
|
and also, even, namely
|
to remove
|
every all, each, every, the whole of
|
outside the law
|
and also, even, namely
|
wicked airing (lifting up, exulting in, or propounding) hard, toilsome, labor. From αἴρω και πόνος
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_14
|
and
|
he/she/it-SUPPORTED-ed
|
all (acc)
|
the (acc)
|
poor ([Adj] acc)
|
the (gen)
|
people (gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
the (acc)
|
law (acc)
|
he/she/it-SEEK-ed-OUT
|
and
|
he/she/it-REMOVE-ed
|
all (nom|acc|voc), every (acc)
|
outside the law ([Adj] acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
and
|
wicked ([Adj] acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_14
|
1Mch_14:14_1
|
1Mch_14:14_2
|
1Mch_14:14_3
|
1Mch_14:14_4
|
1Mch_14:14_5
|
1Mch_14:14_6
|
1Mch_14:14_7
|
1Mch_14:14_8
|
1Mch_14:14_9
|
1Mch_14:14_10
|
1Mch_14:14_11
|
1Mch_14:14_12
|
1Mch_14:14_13
|
1Mch_14:14_14
|
1Mch_14:14_15
|
1Mch_14:14_16
|
1Mch_14:14_17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_15
|
τὰ ἅγια ἐδόξασεν καὶἐπλήθυνεν τὰ σκεύη τῶν ἁγίων.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_15
|
He beautified the sanctuary, and multiplied vessels of the temple. (1 Maccabees 14:15 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_15
|
podniósł chwałę świątyni i pomnożył świątynne naczynia. (1 Mch 14:15 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_15
|
τὰ
|
ἅγια
|
ἐδόξασεν
|
καὶ
|
ἐπλήθυνεν
|
τὰ
|
σκεύη
|
τῶν
|
ἁγίων.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_15
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἅγιος -α -ον (cf. ὅσιος and ἱερός)
|
δοξάζω (δοξαζ-, δοξα·σ-, δοξα·σ-, -, δεδοξασ-, δοξασ·θ-)
|
καί
|
πληθύνω (πληθυν-, πληθυν(ε)·[σ]-, πληθυν·[σ]-, -, πεπληθυν-, πληθυν·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
σκεῦο·ς, -ους, τό; σκευή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἅγιος -α -ον (cf. ὅσιος and ἱερός)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_15
|
—
|
Oddany {Dedykowany}/boży - w/pod odmiennym funkcji/używaniem (w/pod poświęceniem {dedykacją}, oddany {dedykowany}, skazywany, boży)
|
By chwalić/wychwalaj/chwałę
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By wzrastać/mnóż się
|
—
|
Naczynie; towary żelazne naczynia , sprzęty, narzędzie
|
—
|
Oddany {Dedykowany}/boży - w/pod odmiennym funkcji/używaniem (w/pod poświęceniem {dedykacją}, oddany {dedykowany}, skazywany, boży)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_15
|
ta\
|
a(/gia
|
e)do/Xasen
|
kai\
|
e)plE/Tunen
|
ta\
|
skeu/E
|
tO=n
|
a(gi/On.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_15
|
ta
|
hagia
|
edoXasen
|
kai
|
eplETynen
|
ta
|
skeuE
|
tOn
|
hagiOn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_15
|
RA_APN
|
A1A_APN
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
C
|
V1I_IAI3S
|
RA_APN
|
N3E_APN
|
RA_GPM
|
A1A_GPM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_15
|
the
|
dedicated/divine - in/under a distinct function/usage (in/under dedication, dedicated, doomed, divine)
|
to glorify/extol/praise
|
and also, even, namely
|
to increase/multiply
|
the
|
vessel; vessel hardware, utensils, implement
|
the
|
dedicated/divine - in/under a distinct function/usage (in/under dedication, dedicated, doomed, divine)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_15
|
the (nom|acc)
|
holy ([Adj] nom|acc|voc, nom|voc)
|
he/she/it-GLORIFY/EXTOL/PRAISE-ed
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-INCREASE/MULTIPLY-ing, he/she/it-INCREASE/MULTIPLY-ed
|
the (nom|acc)
|
vessels (nom|acc|voc); vessel (nom|voc)
|
the (gen)
|
holy ([Adj] gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_15
|
1Mch_14:15_1
|
1Mch_14:15_2
|
1Mch_14:15_3
|
1Mch_14:15_4
|
1Mch_14:15_5
|
1Mch_14:15_6
|
1Mch_14:15_7
|
1Mch_14:15_8
|
1Mch_14:15_9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_16
|
καὶ ἠκούσθη ἐν Ῥώμῃὅτι ἀπέθανεν Ιωναθαν καὶ ἕως Σπάρτης, καὶ ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_16
|
Now when it was heard at Rome, and as far as Sparta, that Jonathan was dead, they were very sorry. (1 Maccabees 14:16 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_16
|
Gdy w Rzymie, a nawet w Sparcie, dowiedziano się, że Jonatan umarł, zasmucono się bardzo. (1 Mch 14:16 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_16
|
Καὶ
|
ἠκούσθη
|
ἐν
|
Ῥώμῃ
|
ὅτι
|
ἀπέθανεν
|
Ιωναθαν
|
καὶ
|
ἕως
|
Σπάρτης,
|
καὶ
|
ἐλυπήθησαν
|
σφόδρα.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_16
|
καί
|
ἀκούω (ακου-, ακου·σ-, ακου·σ-, ακηκο·[κ]-, ηκουσ-, ακουσ·θ-)
|
ἐν
|
Ῥώμη, -ης, ἡ
|
ὅτι
|
ἀπο·θνῄσκω (απο+θνῃσκ-, απο+θαν(ε)·[σ]-, 2nd απο+θαν-, -, -, -)
|
|
καί
|
ἕως[1]; ἕως[2], -ω, ἡ [LXX], acc. -ω
|
|
καί
|
λυπέω (λυπ(ε)-, λυπη·σ-, λυπη·σ-, λελυπη·κ-, λελυπη-, λυπη·θ-)
|
σφόδρα
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_16
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By słyszeć
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
Rzym
|
Ponieważ/tamto
|
By umierać
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Aż; świtaj
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By smucić się
|
Gwałtowny, intensywny, ostry, pomstująco, zapalony
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_16
|
*kai\
|
E)kou/sTE
|
e)n
|
*(rO/mE|
|
o(/ti
|
a)pe/Tanen
|
*iOnaTan
|
kai\
|
e(/Os
|
*spa/rtEs,
|
kai\
|
e)lupE/TEsan
|
sfo/dra.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_16
|
kai
|
EkusTE
|
en
|
rOmE
|
hoti
|
apeTanen
|
iOnaTan
|
kai
|
heOs
|
spartEs,
|
kai
|
elypETEsan
|
sfodra.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_16
|
C
|
VCI_API3S
|
P
|
N1_DSF
|
C
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
N_NSM
|
C
|
D
|
N1_GSF
|
C
|
VCI_API3P
|
D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_16
|
and also, even, namely
|
to hear
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
Rome
|
because/that
|
to die
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
until; dawn
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
to sorrow
|
vehement, intense, keen, inveighingly, eager
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_16
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-HEAR-ed
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
Rome (dat)
|
because/that
|
he/she/it-DIE-ed
|
|
and
|
until; dawn (nom|voc), dawns (acc)
|
|
and
|
they-were-SORROW-ed
|
vehement,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_16
|
1Mch_14:16_1
|
1Mch_14:16_2
|
1Mch_14:16_3
|
1Mch_14:16_4
|
1Mch_14:16_5
|
1Mch_14:16_6
|
1Mch_14:16_7
|
1Mch_14:16_8
|
1Mch_14:16_9
|
1Mch_14:16_10
|
1Mch_14:16_11
|
1Mch_14:16_12
|
1Mch_14:16_13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_17
|
ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν ὅτι Σιμων ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ γέγονεν ἀρχιερεὺς ἀντ αὐτοῦ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπικρατεῖ τῆς χώρας καὶ τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ,
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_17
|
But as soon as they heard that his brother Simon was made high priest in his stead, and ruled the country, and the cities therein: (1 Maccabees 14:17 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_17
|
Gdy jednak dowiedzieli się, że na jego miejsce arcykapłanem został jego brat Szymon i że on rządzi krajem i miastami, które są w nim zbudowane, (1 Mch 14:17 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_17
|
ὡς
|
δὲ
|
ἤκουσαν
|
ὅτι
|
Σιμων
|
ὁ
|
ἀδελφὸς
|
αὐτοῦ
|
γέγονεν
|
ἀρχιερεὺς
|
ἀντ
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
αὐτὸς
|
ἐπικρατεῖ
|
τῆς
|
χώρας
|
καὶ
|
τῶν
|
πόλεων
|
τῶν
|
ἐν
|
αὐτῇ,
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_17
|
ὡς
|
δέ
|
ἥκω (ηκ-, ηξ-, ηξ-, ηκ·[κ]-, -, -); ἀκούω (ακου-, ακου·σ-, ακου·σ-, ακηκο·[κ]-, ηκουσ-, ακουσ·θ-)
|
ὅτι
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ, voc. pl. ἀδελφοί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
γίνομαι/γίγν- (γιν-/γιγν-, γενη·σ-, 2nd γεν-, γεγον·[κ]-, γεγενη-, γενη·θ-)
|
ἀρχ·ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
ἀντί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πόλις, -εως, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐν
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_17
|
Jak/jak
|
zaś
|
By mieć przychodzony przyszedłem.Przybyłem.; by słyszeć
|
Ponieważ/tamto
|
Simon
|
—
|
Brat
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By stawać się stawaj się, zdarzaj się
|
Arcykapłan
|
Przeciw (+informacja)
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
—
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Miasto
|
—
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_17
|
O(s
|
de\
|
E)/kousan
|
o(/ti
|
*simOn
|
o(
|
a)delfo\s
|
au)tou=
|
ge/gonen
|
a)rCHiereu\s
|
a)nt
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
au)to\s
|
e)pikratei=
|
tE=s
|
CHO/ras
|
kai\
|
tO=n
|
po/leOn
|
tO=n
|
e)n
|
au)tE=|,
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_17
|
hOs
|
de
|
Ekusan
|
hoti
|
simOn
|
ho
|
adelfos
|
autu
|
gegonen
|
arCHiereus
|
ant
|
autu
|
kai
|
autos
|
epikratei
|
tEs
|
CHOras
|
kai
|
tOn
|
poleOn
|
tOn
|
en
|
autE,
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_17
|
C
|
x
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
C
|
N3N_NSM
|
RA_NSM
|
N2_NSM
|
RD_GSM
|
VX_XAI3S
|
N3V_NSM
|
P
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
RD_NSM
|
V2_PAI3S
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
C
|
RA_GPF
|
N3I_GPF
|
RA_GPM
|
P
|
RD_DSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_17
|
as/like
|
δὲ [{lexicon}][{inflect}][{close}]$ δ’ before ἄν [plus two occurrences before αὐτό: Mt 27:44; Phil 2:18]
|
to have come I have come. I have arrived.; to hear
|
because/that
|
Simon
|
the
|
brother
|
he/she/it/same
|
to become become, happen
|
archpriest
|
against (+gen)
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
he/she/it/same
|
ć
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
city
|
the
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_17
|
as/like
|
Yet
|
while HAVE COME-ing (acc); they-HEAR-ed
|
because/that
|
Simon (nom|voc)
|
the (nom)
|
brother (nom)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
he/she/it-has-BECOME-ed
|
archpriest (nom)
|
against (+gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/it/same (nom)
|
|
the (gen)
|
region (gen), regions (acc)
|
and
|
the (gen)
|
cities (gen)
|
the (gen)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
her/it/same (dat)
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_17
|
1Mch_14:17_1
|
1Mch_14:17_2
|
1Mch_14:17_3
|
1Mch_14:17_4
|
1Mch_14:17_5
|
1Mch_14:17_6
|
1Mch_14:17_7
|
1Mch_14:17_8
|
1Mch_14:17_9
|
1Mch_14:17_10
|
1Mch_14:17_11
|
1Mch_14:17_12
|
1Mch_14:17_13
|
1Mch_14:17_14
|
1Mch_14:17_15
|
1Mch_14:17_16
|
1Mch_14:17_17
|
1Mch_14:17_18
|
1Mch_14:17_19
|
1Mch_14:17_20
|
1Mch_14:17_21
|
1Mch_14:17_22
|
1Mch_14:17_23
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_18
|
ἔγραψαν πρὸς αὐτὸνδέλτοις χαλκαῖς τοῦ ἀνανεώσασθαι πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν, ἣν ἔστησαν πρὸς Ιουδαν καὶ Ιωναθαν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_18
|
They wrote unto him in tables of brass, to renew the friendship and league which they had made with Judas and Jonathan his brethren: (1 Maccabees 14:18 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_18
|
napisali do niego na tablicach z brązu, że chcą z nim odnowić tę przyjaźń i to przymierze, które zostało zawarte z jego braćmi: Judą i Jonatanem. (1 Mch 14:18 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_18
|
ἔγραψαν
|
πρὸς
|
αὐτὸν
|
δέλτοις
|
χαλκαῖς
|
τοῦ
|
ἀνανεώσασθαι
|
πρὸς
|
αὐτὸν
|
φιλίαν
|
καὶ
|
συμμαχίαν,
|
ἣν
|
ἔστησαν
|
πρὸς
|
Ιουδαν
|
καὶ
|
Ιωναθαν
|
τοὺς
|
ἀδελφοὺς
|
αὐτοῦ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_18
|
γράφω (γραφ-, γραψ-, γραψ-, γεγραφ·[κ]-, γεγραφ-, γραφ·[θ]-)
|
πρός
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
χαλκοῦς -ῆ -οῦν a.k.a. χάλκεος
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀνα·νεόω (ανα+νε(ο)-, ανα+νεω·σ-, ανα+νεω·σ-, -, -, -)
|
πρός
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
φιλία, -ας, ἡ
|
καί
|
|
ὅς ἥ ὅ
|
ἵστημι (ath. ιστ(α)-/ath. ιστ(η)-, στη·σ-, στη·σ- or 2nd ath. στ(η)-/ath. στ(α)-, εστη·κ-/εστα·κ-/εστ(α)·[κ]-, εστη-/εστα-, στα·θ-)
|
πρός
|
Ἰούδας, -α and -ου, ὁ
|
καί
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ, voc. pl. ἀδελφοί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_18
|
By pisać
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
—
|
Miedź albo brąz
|
—
|
By wznawiać
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Miłość
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Kto/, który/, który
|
By powodować stać
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
Judasz/Juda
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
—
|
Brat
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_18
|
e)/graPSan
|
pro\s
|
au)to\n
|
de/ltois
|
CHalkai=s
|
tou=
|
a)naneO/sasTai
|
pro\s
|
au)to\n
|
fili/an
|
kai\
|
summaCHi/an,
|
E(\n
|
e)/stEsan
|
pro\s
|
*ioudan
|
kai\
|
*iOnaTan
|
tou\s
|
a)delfou\s
|
au)tou=.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_18
|
egraPSan
|
pros
|
auton
|
deltois
|
CHalkais
|
tu
|
ananeOsasTai
|
pros
|
auton
|
filian
|
kai
|
symmaCHian,
|
hEn
|
estEsan
|
pros
|
iudan
|
kai
|
iOnaTan
|
tus
|
adelfus
|
autu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_18
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
P
|
RD_ASM
|
N2_DPF
|
A1C_DPF
|
RA_GSN
|
VA_AMN
|
P
|
RD_ASM
|
N1A_ASF
|
C
|
N1A_ASF
|
RR_ASF
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
P
|
N1T_ASM
|
C
|
N_ASM
|
RA_APM
|
N2_APM
|
RD_GSM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_18
|
to write
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
he/she/it/same
|
ć
|
copper or bronze
|
the
|
to renew
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
he/she/it/same
|
love
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
who/whom/which
|
to cause to stand
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
Judas/Judah
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
the
|
brother
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_18
|
they-WRITE-ed
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
|
copper or bronze ([Adj] dat)
|
the (gen)
|
to-be-RENEW-ed
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
love (acc)
|
and
|
|
who/whom/which (acc)
|
they-CAUSE-ed-TO-STand
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
Judas/Judah (acc)
|
and
|
|
the (acc)
|
brothers (acc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_18
|
1Mch_14:18_1
|
1Mch_14:18_2
|
1Mch_14:18_3
|
1Mch_14:18_4
|
1Mch_14:18_5
|
1Mch_14:18_6
|
1Mch_14:18_7
|
1Mch_14:18_8
|
1Mch_14:18_9
|
1Mch_14:18_10
|
1Mch_14:18_11
|
1Mch_14:18_12
|
1Mch_14:18_13
|
1Mch_14:18_14
|
1Mch_14:18_15
|
1Mch_14:18_16
|
1Mch_14:18_17
|
1Mch_14:18_18
|
1Mch_14:18_19
|
1Mch_14:18_20
|
1Mch_14:18_21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_19
|
καὶ ἀνεγνώσθησαν ἐνώπιον τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐν Ιερουσαλημ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_19
|
Which writings were read before the congregation at Jerusalem. (1 Maccabees 14:19 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_19
|
Odczytane one zostały wobec zgromadzenia w Jerozolimie. (1 Mch 14:19 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_19
|
καὶ
|
ἀνεγνώσθησαν
|
ἐνώπιον
|
τῆς
|
ἐκκλησίας
|
ἐν
|
Ιερουσαλημ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_19
|
καί
|
ἀνα·γινώσκω/-γιγν- (ανα+γινωσκ-/ανα+γιγνωσκ-, ανα+γνω·σ-, 2nd ath. ανα+γν(ω)-/ath. ανα+γν(ο)-, -, ανα+εγνωσ-, ανα+γνωσ·θ-)
|
ἐν·ώπιον; ἐν·ώπιος -ον [LXX]
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐκ·κλησία, -ας, ἡ
|
ἐν
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα, -ων, τά and -ας, ἡ and Ἰερουσαλήμ v.l. Ἱ-, ἡ indecl.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_19
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By czytać
|
W obecności z (+informacja); ???
|
—
|
Zgromadzenia zgromadzenie, zbierając się, zebranie, kościół
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
Jerozolima [miasto z]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_19
|
kai\
|
a)negnO/sTEsan
|
e)nO/pion
|
tE=s
|
e)kklEsi/as
|
e)n
|
*ierousalEm.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_19
|
kai
|
anegnOsTEsan
|
enOpion
|
tEs
|
ekklEsias
|
en
|
ierusalEm.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_19
|
C
|
VSI_API3P
|
P
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
P
|
N_DSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_19
|
and also, even, namely
|
to read
|
in the presence of (+gen); ???
|
the
|
assembly assembly, gathering, congregation, church
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
Jerusalem [city of]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_19
|
and
|
they-were-READ-ed
|
in the presence of (+gen); ??? ([Adj] acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
the (gen)
|
assembly (gen), assemblies (acc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
Jerusalem (indecl)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_19
|
1Mch_14:19_1
|
1Mch_14:19_2
|
1Mch_14:19_3
|
1Mch_14:19_4
|
1Mch_14:19_5
|
1Mch_14:19_6
|
1Mch_14:19_7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_20
|
καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῶν ἐπιστολῶν, ὧν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Σπαρτιᾶται Σπαρτιατῶν ἄρχοντες καὶ ἡ πόλις Σιμωνι ἱερεῖ μεγάλῳ καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν καὶ τῷ λοιπῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ιουδαίων ἀδελφοῖς χαίρειν.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_20
|
And this is the copy ofthe letters that the Lacedemonians sent; The rulers of the Lacedemonians, with the city, unto Simon the high priest, and the elders, and priests, and residue of the people of the Jews, our brethren, send greeting: (1 Maccabees 14:20 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_20
|
A oto odpis listu, który przysłali Spartanie: «Władcy Spartan razem z miastem arcykapłanowi Szymonowi, starszyźnie, kapłanom i pozostałemu ludowi żydowskiemu, swoim braciom - pozdrowienie. (1 Mch 14:20 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_20
|
καὶ
|
τοῦτο
|
τὸ
|
ἀντίγραφον
|
τῶν
|
ἐπιστολῶν,
|
ὧν
|
ἀπέστειλαν
|
οἱ
|
Σπαρτιᾶται
|
Σπαρτιατῶν
|
ἄρχοντες
|
καὶ
|
ἡ
|
πόλις
|
Σιμωνι
|
ἱερεῖ
|
μεγάλῳ
|
καὶ
|
τοῖς
|
πρεσβυτέροις
|
καὶ
|
τοῖς
|
ἱερεῦσιν
|
καὶ
|
τῷ
|
λοιπῷ
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_20
|
καί
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐπι·στολή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
ὅς ἥ ὅ
|
ἀπο·στέλλω (απο+στελλ-, απο+στελ(ε)·[σ]-, απο+στειλ·[σ]-, απ+εσταλ·κ-, απ+εσταλ-, απο+σταλ·[θ]-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Σπαρτιάτης, -ου, ὁ [LXX]
|
Σπαρτιάτης, -ου, ὁ [LXX]
|
ἄρχων[τ], -ο[υ]ντος, ὁ, dat. pl. ἄρχουσιν, voc. pl. ἄρχοντες; ἄρχω (αρχ-, αρξ-, αρξ-, -, ηρχ-, -)
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πόλις, -εως, ἡ
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
μέγ[αλ]ας μεγάλη μέγ[αλ]α
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πρεσβύ·τερος -α -ον (Comp. of πρέσβυς)
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λοιπός -ή -όν
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_20
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
List [list apostolski]
|
Kto/, który/, który
|
zamawiać
|
—
|
Spartański
|
Spartański
|
Władca; by zaczynać się
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Miasto
|
Simon
|
Duchowny
|
Wielki
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Starszy
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Duchowny
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Pozostawanie dobrze wtedy, s?, Teraz, odpoczynek {reszta}
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_20
|
kai\
|
tou=to
|
to\
|
a)nti/grafon
|
tO=n
|
e)pistolO=n,
|
O(=n
|
a)pe/steilan
|
oi(
|
*spartia=tai
|
*spartiatO=n
|
a)/rCHontes
|
kai\
|
E(
|
po/lis
|
*simOni
|
i(erei=
|
mega/lO|
|
kai\
|
toi=s
|
presbute/rois
|
kai\
|
toi=s
|
i(ereu=sin
|
kai\
|
tO=|
|
loipO=|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_20
|
kai
|
tuto
|
to
|
antigrafon
|
tOn
|
epistolOn,
|
hOn
|
apesteilan
|
hoi
|
spartiatai
|
spartiatOn
|
arCHontes
|
kai
|
hE
|
polis
|
simOni
|
hierei
|
megalO
|
kai
|
tois
|
presbyterois
|
kai
|
tois
|
hiereusin
|
kai
|
tO
|
loipO
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_20
|
C
|
RD_NSN
|
RA_NSN
|
N2N_NSN
|
RA_GPF
|
N1_GPF
|
RR_GPF
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
RA_NPM
|
N1M_NPM
|
N1M_GPM
|
N3_NPM
|
C
|
RA_NSF
|
N3I_NSF
|
N3N_DSM
|
N3V_DSM
|
A1_DSM
|
C
|
RA_DPM
|
N2_DPM
|
C
|
RA_DPM
|
N3V_DPM
|
C
|
RA_DSM
|
A1_DSM
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_20
|
and also, even, namely
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
letter [epistle]
|
who/whom/which
|
to order forth to orderforth (order: in the sense of arrangement first, and as command secondary, like a ship's captain would order(arrange) a ship's deck and cargo for departure) this is often rendered send forth (a message, messanger, action, etc), or simply send
|
the
|
Spartan
|
Spartan
|
ruler; to begin
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
city
|
Simon
|
priest
|
great
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
elder
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
priest
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
remaining well then, sο, now, the rest
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_20
|
and
|
this (nom|acc)
|
the (nom|acc)
|
|
the (gen)
|
letters (gen)
|
who/whom/which (gen)
|
they-ORDER FORTH-ed
|
the (nom)
|
Spartans (nom|voc)
|
Spartans (gen)
|
rulers (nom|voc); while BEGIN-ing (nom|voc)
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
city (nom)
|
Simon (dat)
|
priest (dat)
|
great ([Adj] dat)
|
and
|
the (dat)
|
elder ([Adj] dat)
|
and
|
the (dat)
|
priests (dat)
|
and
|
the (dat)
|
remaining ([Adj] dat)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_20
|
1Mch_14:20_1
|
1Mch_14:20_2
|
1Mch_14:20_3
|
1Mch_14:20_4
|
1Mch_14:20_5
|
1Mch_14:20_6
|
1Mch_14:20_7
|
1Mch_14:20_8
|
1Mch_14:20_9
|
1Mch_14:20_10
|
1Mch_14:20_11
|
1Mch_14:20_12
|
1Mch_14:20_13
|
1Mch_14:20_14
|
1Mch_14:20_15
|
1Mch_14:20_16
|
1Mch_14:20_17
|
1Mch_14:20_18
|
1Mch_14:20_19
|
1Mch_14:20_20
|
1Mch_14:20_21
|
1Mch_14:20_22
|
1Mch_14:20_23
|
1Mch_14:20_24
|
1Mch_14:20_25
|
1Mch_14:20_26
|
1Mch_14:20_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_21
|
οἱ πρεσβευταὶ οἱ ἀποσταλέντες πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ἡμῶν ἀπήγγειλαν ἡμῖν περὶ τῆς δόξης ὑμῶν καὶ τιμῆς, καὶ ηὐφράνθημεν ἐπὶ τῇ ἐφόδῳ αὐτῶν.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_21
|
The ambassadors thatwere sent unto our people certified us of your glory and honour: wherefore we were glad of their coming, (1 Maccabees 14:21 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_21
|
Posłowie, którzy zostali wysłani do naszego ludu, opowiedzieli nam o waszej chwale i czci. Ucieszyliśmy się więc bardzo z ich przybycia. (1 Mch 14:21 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_21
|
οἱ
|
πρεσβευταὶ
|
οἱ
|
ἀποσταλέντες
|
πρὸς
|
τὸν
|
δῆμον
|
ἡμῶν
|
ἀπήγγειλαν
|
ἡμῖν
|
περὶ
|
τῆς
|
δόξης
|
ὑμῶν
|
καὶ
|
τιμῆς,
|
καὶ
|
ηὐφράνθημεν
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῇ
|
ἐφόδῳ
|
αὐτῶν.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_21
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀπο·στέλλω (απο+στελλ-, απο+στελ(ε)·[σ]-, απο+στειλ·[σ]-, απ+εσταλ·κ-, απ+εσταλ-, απο+σταλ·[θ]-)
|
πρός
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δῆμος, -ου, ὁ
|
ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ (μου), ἐμοί (μοι), ἐμέ (με), pl. ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς
|
ἀπ·αγγέλλω (απ+αγγελλ-, απ+αγγελ(ε)·[σ]-, απ+αγγειλ·[σ]-, απ+ηγγελ·κ-, -, απ+αγγελ·[θ]-)
|
ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ (μου), ἐμοί (μοι), ἐμέ (με), pl. ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς
|
περί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δόξα, -ης, ἡ
|
σύ, σοῦ (σου), σοί (σοι), σέ (σε), pl. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν, ὑμῖν, ὑμᾶς
|
καί
|
τιμή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
καί
|
εὐ·φραίνω (ευφραιν-, ευφραν(ε)·[σ]-, ευφραν·[σ]-, -, -, ευφραν·θ-)
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_21
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
zamawiać
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
—
|
Zgromadzenia okręg, kraj, ziemia, parafia, mieszkańcy,
|
Ja
|
By informować – informować albo opowiadać.
|
Ja
|
Dookoła (+przyspieszenie,+informacja)
|
—
|
Sławy/wzbudzanie grozy
|
Ty
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Honoru honor, szanują, cześć; rzeczy: Wartość, wartość
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By celebrować/bądź wesoły
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
—
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_21
|
oi(
|
presbeutai\
|
oi(
|
a)postale/ntes
|
pro\s
|
to\n
|
dE=mon
|
E(mO=n
|
a)pE/ggeilan
|
E(mi=n
|
peri\
|
tE=s
|
do/XEs
|
u(mO=n
|
kai\
|
timE=s,
|
kai\
|
Eu)fra/nTEmen
|
e)pi\
|
tE=|
|
e)fo/dO|
|
au)tO=n.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_21
|
hoi
|
presbeutai
|
hoi
|
apostalentes
|
pros
|
ton
|
dEmon
|
hEmOn
|
apEngeilan
|
hEmin
|
peri
|
tEs
|
doXEs
|
hymOn
|
kai
|
timEs,
|
kai
|
EufranTEmen
|
epi
|
tE
|
efodO
|
autOn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_21
|
RA_NPM
|
N1M_NPM
|
RA_NPM
|
VD_APPNPM
|
P
|
RA_ASM
|
N2_ASM
|
RP_GP
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
RP_DP
|
P
|
RA_GSF
|
N1S_GSF
|
RP_GP
|
C
|
N1_GSF
|
C
|
VCI_API1P
|
P
|
RA_DSF
|
N2_DSF
|
RD_GPM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_21
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
to order forth to orderforth (order: in the sense of arrangement first, and as command secondary, like a ship's captain would order(arrange) a ship's deck and cargo for departure) this is often rendered send forth (a message, messanger, action, etc), or simply send
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the
|
assembly district, country, land, township, inhabitants,
|
I
|
to report – to report ortell.
|
I
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
the
|
glory/awesomeness
|
you
|
and also, even, namely
|
honor honor, esteem,worship; of things: worth, value
|
and also, even, namely
|
to celebrate/be merry
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
ć
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_21
|
the (nom)
|
|
the (nom)
|
upon being-ORDER FORTH-ed (nom|voc)
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (acc)
|
assembly (acc)
|
us (gen)
|
they-DELIVER A MESSAGE-ed
|
us (dat)
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
the (gen)
|
glory/awesomeness (gen)
|
you(pl) (gen)
|
and
|
honor (gen)
|
and
|
we-were-CELEBRATE/BE-ed-MERRY
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
|
them/same (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_21
|
1Mch_14:21_1
|
1Mch_14:21_2
|
1Mch_14:21_3
|
1Mch_14:21_4
|
1Mch_14:21_5
|
1Mch_14:21_6
|
1Mch_14:21_7
|
1Mch_14:21_8
|
1Mch_14:21_9
|
1Mch_14:21_10
|
1Mch_14:21_11
|
1Mch_14:21_12
|
1Mch_14:21_13
|
1Mch_14:21_14
|
1Mch_14:21_15
|
1Mch_14:21_16
|
1Mch_14:21_17
|
1Mch_14:21_18
|
1Mch_14:21_19
|
1Mch_14:21_20
|
1Mch_14:21_21
|
1Mch_14:21_22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_22
|
καὶ ἀνεγράψαμεν τὰὑπ’ αὐτῶν εἰρημένα ἐν ταῖς βουλαῖς τοῦ δήμου οὕτως Νουμήνιος Ἀντιόχου καὶ Ἀντίπατρος Ἰάσονος πρεσβευταὶ Ιουδαίων ἦλθον πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀνανεούμενοι τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φιλίαν.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_22
|
And did register the things that they spake in the council of the people in this manner; Numenius son of Antiochus, and Antipater son of Jason, the Jews' ambassadors, came unto us to renew the friendship they had with us. (1 Maccabees 14:22 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_22
|
To zaś, co oni powiedzieli, tak zapisaliśmy w uchwałach ludu: Posłowie żydowscy, Numeniusz, syn Antiocha, i Antypater, syn Jazona, przybyli do nas, aby odnowić zawartą z nami przyjaźń. (1 Mch 14:22 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_22
|
καὶ
|
ἀνεγράψαμεν
|
τὰ
|
ὑπ’
|
αὐτῶν
|
εἰρημένα
|
ἐν
|
ταῖς
|
βουλαῖς
|
τοῦ
|
δήμου
|
οὕτως
|
Νουμήνιος
|
Ἀντιόχου
|
καὶ
|
Ἀντίπατρος
|
Ἰάσονος
|
πρεσβευταὶ
|
Ιουδαίων
|
ἦλθον
|
πρὸς
|
ἡμᾶς
|
ἀνανεούμενοι
|
τὴν
|
πρὸς
|
ἡμᾶς
|
φιλίαν.
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_22
|
καί
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὑπό
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
λέγω (λεγ-, ερ(ε)·[σ]-, ειπ·[σ]-/λεξ- or 2nd ειπ-, ειρη·κ-, ειρη-, ρη·θ-/ρε·θ-/λεχ·θ-)
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
βουλή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δῆμος, -ου, ὁ
|
οὕτως/οὕτω
|
|
|
καί
|
|
Ἰάσων, -ονος and -ωνος, ὁ
|
|
Ἰουδαῖος -αία -ον
|
ἔρχομαι (ερχ-, ελευ·σ-, ελθ·[σ]- or 2nd ελθ-, εληλυθ·[κ]-, -, -)
|
πρός
|
ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ (μου), ἐμοί (μοι), ἐμέ (με), pl. ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς
|
ἀνα·νεόω (ανα+νε(ο)-, ανα+νεω·σ-, ανα+νεω·σ-, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πρός
|
ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ (μου), ἐμοί (μοι), ἐμέ (με), pl. ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς
|
φιλία, -ας, ἡ
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_22
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
—
|
Poniżej (+przyspieszenie), obok (+informacja) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By mówić/opowiadaj
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Planu/zamiar
|
—
|
Zgromadzenia okręg, kraj, ziemia, parafia, mieszkańcy,
|
thusly/jak to [????? Przed samogłoskami i spółgłoski; ???? Przed spółgłoskami tylko]
|
—
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Jazon
|
—
|
Żydowski
|
By przychodzić
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
Ja
|
By wznawiać
|
—
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
Ja
|
Miłość
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_22
|
kai\
|
a)negra/PSamen
|
ta\
|
u(p’
|
au)tO=n
|
ei)rEme/na
|
e)n
|
tai=s
|
boulai=s
|
tou=
|
dE/mou
|
ou(/tOs
|
*noumE/nios
|
*)antio/CHou
|
kai\
|
*)anti/patros
|
*)ia/sonos
|
presbeutai\
|
*ioudai/On
|
E)=lTon
|
pro\s
|
E(ma=s
|
a)naneou/menoi
|
tE\n
|
pro\s
|
E(ma=s
|
fili/an.
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_22
|
kai
|
anegraPSamen
|
ta
|
hyp’
|
autOn
|
eirEmena
|
en
|
tais
|
bulais
|
tu
|
dEmu
|
hutOs
|
numEnios
|
antioCHu
|
kai
|
antipatros
|
iasonos
|
presbeutai
|
iudaiOn
|
ElTon
|
pros
|
hEmas
|
ananeumenoi
|
tEn
|
pros
|
hEmas
|
filian.
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_22
|
C
|
VAI_AAI1P
|
RA_APN
|
P
|
RD_GPM
|
VM_XMPAPN
|
P
|
RA_DPF
|
N1_DPF
|
RA_GSM
|
N2_GSM
|
D
|
N2_NSM
|
N2_GSM
|
C
|
N2_NSM
|
N3W_GSM
|
N1M_NPM
|
N2_GPM
|
VBI_AAI3P
|
P
|
RP_AP
|
V4_PMPNPM
|
RA_ASF
|
P
|
RP_AP
|
N1A_ASF
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_22
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
the
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)ὑπ’ before smooth breathing, ὑφ’ before rough breathing
|
he/she/it/same
|
to say/tell
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
plan/intention
|
the
|
assembly district, country, land, township, inhabitants,
|
thusly/like this [οὕτωςbefore vowels and consonants; οὕτω before consonants only]
|
ć
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
Jason
|
ć
|
Jewish
|
to come
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
I
|
to renew
|
the
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
I
|
love
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_22
|
and
|
|
the (nom|acc)
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)
|
them/same (gen)
|
having-been-SAY/TELL-ed (nom|acc|voc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
plans/intentions (dat)
|
the (gen)
|
assembly (gen)
|
thusly/like this
|
|
|
and
|
|
Jason (gen)
|
|
Jewish ([Adj] gen)
|
I-COME-ed, they-COME-ed
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
us (acc)
|
while being-RENEW-ed (nom|voc)
|
the (acc)
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
us (acc)
|
love (acc)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_22
|
1Mch_14:22_1
|
1Mch_14:22_2
|
1Mch_14:22_3
|
1Mch_14:22_4
|
1Mch_14:22_5
|
1Mch_14:22_6
|
1Mch_14:22_7
|
1Mch_14:22_8
|
1Mch_14:22_9
|
1Mch_14:22_10
|
1Mch_14:22_11
|
1Mch_14:22_12
|
1Mch_14:22_13
|
1Mch_14:22_14
|
1Mch_14:22_15
|
1Mch_14:22_16
|
1Mch_14:22_17
|
1Mch_14:22_18
|
1Mch_14:22_19
|
1Mch_14:22_20
|
1Mch_14:22_21
|
1Mch_14:22_22
|
1Mch_14:22_23
|
1Mch_14:22_24
|
1Mch_14:22_25
|
1Mch_14:22_26
|
1Mch_14:22_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_23
|
καὶ ἤρεσεν τῷ δήμῳ ἐπιδέξασθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐνδόξως καὶ τοῦ θέσθαι τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῶν λόγων αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀποδεδειγμένοις τῷ δήμῳ βιβλίοις τοῦ μνημόσυνον ἔχειν τὸν δῆμον τῶν Σπαρτιατῶν. τὸ δὲ ἀντίγραφον τούτων ἔγραψαν Σιμωνι τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_23
|
And it pleased the people to entertain the men honourably, and to put the copy of their ambassage in publick records, to the end the people of the Lacedemonians might have a memorial thereof: furthermore we have written a copy thereof unto Simon the high priest. (1 Maccabees 14:23 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_23
|
Lud zaś postanowił, że należy przyjąć posłów uroczyście, a odpis tego, co powiedzą, umieścić w księgach przeznaczonych dla ludu, aby lud Spartiatów zachował pamięć o nich. Odpis tego zrobiono dla arcykapłana Szymona». (1 Mch 14:23 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_23
|
καὶ
|
ἤρεσεν
|
τῷ
|
δήμῳ
|
ἐπιδέξασθαι
|
τοὺς
|
ἄνδρας
|
ἐνδόξως
|
καὶ
|
τοῦ
|
θέσθαι
|
τὸ
|
ἀντίγραφον
|
τῶν
|
λόγων
|
αὐτῶν
|
ἐν
|
τοῖς
|
ἀποδεδειγμένοις
|
τῷ
|
δήμῳ
|
βιβλίοις
|
τοῦ
|
μνημόσυνον
|
ἔχειν
|
τὸν
|
δῆμον
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_23
|
καί
|
ἀρέσκω (αρεσκ-, αρε·σ-, αρε·σ-, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δῆμος, -ου, ὁ
|
ἐπι·δέχομαι (επι+δεχ-, επι+δεξ-, επι+δεξ-, -, επι+δεδεχ-, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, voc. sg. ἄνερ
|
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
τίθημι (ath. τιθ(ε)-, θη·σ-, θη·κ- or 2nd ath. θ(ε)-, τεθει·κ-, τεθει-, τε·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λόγος, -ου, ὁ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀπο·δείκνυμι (ath. απο+δεικνυ-, -, απο+δειξ-, -, απο+δεδεικ-, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δῆμος, -ου, ὁ
|
βιβλίον/βυβλίον, -ου, τό (Dimin. of βίβλος)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
μνημό·συνον, -ου, τό
|
ἔχω (εχ-, εξ-, 2nd σχ-, εσχη·κ-, -, εχ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δῆμος, -ου, ὁ
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_23
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Do proszę
|
—
|
Zgromadzenia okręg, kraj, ziemia, parafia, mieszkańcy,
|
By przyjmować
|
—
|
Człowiek, mąż Zwykle "człowiek", jak odmienny od kobiety, zwierzę, bóg, itd.; czasami, "mąż".
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
By umieszczać leżał, niech kładzie, niech umieszcza, umieszczaj, stawiaj
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Słowa Logo jest rozmawianie, powiedzenie, słowo jak wyrażenie myśli; odróżniany od czynu rozmawiania. Podczas gdy to jest wyrażenie, to jest ognisko jest na myśli , od których wyrażenie emanuje.
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
By udowadniać dowód, zakładać, okazywać
|
—
|
Zgromadzenia okręg, kraj, ziemia, parafia, mieszkańcy,
|
Książka
|
—
|
Pamięć
|
By mieć
|
—
|
Zgromadzenia okręg, kraj, ziemia, parafia, mieszkańcy,
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_23
|
kai\
|
E)/resen
|
tO=|
|
dE/mO|
|
e)pide/XasTai
|
tou\s
|
a)/ndras
|
e)ndo/XOs
|
kai\
|
tou=
|
Te/sTai
|
to\
|
a)nti/grafon
|
tO=n
|
lo/gOn
|
au)tO=n
|
e)n
|
toi=s
|
a)podedeigme/nois
|
tO=|
|
dE/mO|
|
bibli/ois
|
tou=
|
mnEmo/sunon
|
e)/CHein
|
to\n
|
dE=mon
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_23
|
kai
|
Eresen
|
tO
|
dEmO
|
epideXasTai
|
tus
|
andras
|
endoXOs
|
kai
|
tu
|
TesTai
|
to
|
antigrafon
|
tOn
|
logOn
|
autOn
|
en
|
tois
|
apodedeigmenois
|
tO
|
dEmO
|
bibliois
|
tu
|
mnEmosynon
|
eCHein
|
ton
|
dEmon
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_23
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_DSM
|
N2_DSM
|
VA_AMN
|
RA_APM
|
N3_APM
|
D
|
C
|
RA_GSN
|
VE_AMN
|
RA_ASN
|
N2N_ASN
|
RA_GPM
|
N2_GPM
|
RD_GPM
|
P
|
RA_DPM
|
VK_XMPDPM
|
RA_DSM
|
N2_DSM
|
N2N_DPN
|
RA_GSN
|
N2N_ASN
|
V1_PAN
|
RA_ASM
|
N2_ASM
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_23
|
and also, even, namely
|
to please
|
the
|
assembly district, country, land, township, inhabitants,
|
to receive
|
the
|
man, husband Usually "man", as distinct from woman, beast, god, etc.; sometimes, "husband".
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
to place lay, put, set, situate, station
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
word Logos is a speaking, a saying, a word as the expression of thought; differentiated from the act of speaking. While it is the expression, it's focus is on the thoughts from which the expression emanates.
|
he/she/it/same
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
to prove evidence, establish, evince
|
the
|
assembly district, country, land, township, inhabitants,
|
book
|
the
|
memory
|
to have
|
the
|
assembly district, country, land, township, inhabitants,
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_23
|
and
|
he/she/it-PLEASE-ed
|
the (dat)
|
assembly (dat)
|
to-be-RECEIVE-ed
|
the (acc)
|
men, husbands (acc)
|
|
and
|
the (gen)
|
to-be-PLACE-ed
|
the (nom|acc)
|
|
the (gen)
|
words (gen)
|
them/same (gen)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
having-been-PROVE-ed (dat)
|
the (dat)
|
assembly (dat)
|
books (dat)
|
the (gen)
|
memory (nom|acc|voc)
|
to-be-HAVE-ing
|
the (acc)
|
assembly (acc)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_23
|
1Mch_14:23_1
|
1Mch_14:23_2
|
1Mch_14:23_3
|
1Mch_14:23_4
|
1Mch_14:23_5
|
1Mch_14:23_6
|
1Mch_14:23_7
|
1Mch_14:23_8
|
1Mch_14:23_9
|
1Mch_14:23_10
|
1Mch_14:23_11
|
1Mch_14:23_12
|
1Mch_14:23_13
|
1Mch_14:23_14
|
1Mch_14:23_15
|
1Mch_14:23_16
|
1Mch_14:23_17
|
1Mch_14:23_18
|
1Mch_14:23_19
|
1Mch_14:23_20
|
1Mch_14:23_21
|
1Mch_14:23_22
|
1Mch_14:23_23
|
1Mch_14:23_24
|
1Mch_14:23_25
|
1Mch_14:23_26
|
1Mch_14:23_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_24
|
Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπέστειλεν Σιμων τὸν Νουμήνιον εἰς Ῥώμην ἔχοντα ἀσπίδα χρυσῆν μεγάλην ὁλκὴν μνῶν χιλίων εἰς τὸ στῆσαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν συμμαχίαν.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_24
|
After this Simon sentNumenius to Rome with a great shield of gold of a thousand pound weight to confirm the league with them. (1 Maccabees 14:24 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_24
|
Potem Szymon wysłał do Rzymu Numeniusza z wielką złotą tarczą wagi tysiąca min, aby utrwalić z nimi przymierze. (1 Mch 14:24 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_24
|
Μετὰ
|
ταῦτα
|
ἀπέστειλεν
|
Σιμων
|
τὸν
|
Νουμήνιον
|
εἰς
|
Ῥώμην
|
ἔχοντα
|
ἀσπίδα
|
χρυσῆν
|
μεγάλην
|
ὁλκὴν
|
μνῶν
|
χιλίων
|
εἰς
|
τὸ
|
στῆσαι
|
πρὸς
|
αὐτοὺς
|
τὴν
|
συμμαχίαν.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_24
|
μετά
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
ἀπο·στέλλω (απο+στελλ-, απο+στελ(ε)·[σ]-, απο+στειλ·[σ]-, απ+εσταλ·κ-, απ+εσταλ-, απο+σταλ·[θ]-)
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
εἰς[1]
|
Ῥώμη, -ης, ἡ
|
ἔχω (εχ-, εξ-, 2nd σχ-, εσχη·κ-, -, εχ·θ-)
|
ἀσπί[δ]ς, -ίδος, ἡ
|
χρυσοῦς -ῆ -οῦν and χρύσεος -έα -ον, fem. acc. sg. -ῆν and -ᾶν
|
μέγ[αλ]ας μεγάλη μέγ[αλ]α
|
|
μνᾶ, -ᾶς, ἡ
|
χίλιοι -αι -α
|
εἰς[1]
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἵστημι (ath. ιστ(α)-/ath. ιστ(η)-, στη·σ-, στη·σ- or 2nd ath. στ(η)-/ath. στ(α)-, εστη·κ-/εστα·κ-/εστ(α)·[κ]-, εστη-/εστα-, στα·θ-)
|
πρός
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_24
|
Potem (+przyspieszenie), z (+informacja) µ??' Przed przydechem słabym, µ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
zamawiać
|
Simon
|
—
|
—
|
Do (+przyspieszenie)
|
Rzym
|
By mieć
|
Osika
|
Złoty/złoty
|
Wielki
|
—
|
Mina [Grecka jednostka pieniężna]
|
Tysiąc
|
Do (+przyspieszenie)
|
—
|
By powodować stać
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_24
|
*meta\
|
tau=ta
|
a)pe/steilen
|
*simOn
|
to\n
|
*noumE/nion
|
ei)s
|
*(rO/mEn
|
e)/CHonta
|
a)spi/da
|
CHrusE=n
|
mega/lEn
|
o(lkE\n
|
mnO=n
|
CHili/On
|
ei)s
|
to\
|
stE=sai
|
pro\s
|
au)tou\s
|
tE\n
|
summaCHi/an.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_24
|
meta
|
tauta
|
apesteilen
|
simOn
|
ton
|
numEnion
|
eis
|
rOmEn
|
eCHonta
|
aspida
|
CHrysEn
|
megalEn
|
holkEn
|
mnOn
|
CHiliOn
|
eis
|
to
|
stEsai
|
pros
|
autus
|
tEn
|
symmaCHian.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_24
|
P
|
RD_APN
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
N3N_NSM
|
RA_ASM
|
N2_ASM
|
P
|
N1_ASF
|
V1_PAPASM
|
N3D_ASF
|
A1C_ASF
|
A1_ASF
|
N1_ASF
|
N1A_GPF
|
A1A_GPF
|
P
|
RA_ASN
|
VA_AAN
|
P
|
RD_APM
|
RA_ASF
|
N1A_ASF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_24
|
after (+acc), with (+gen) μετ’ before smooth breathing, μεθ’ before rough breathing
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
to order forth to orderforth (order: in the sense of arrangement first, and as command secondary, like a ship's captain would order(arrange) a ship's deck and cargo for departure) this is often rendered send forth (a message, messanger, action, etc), or simply send
|
Simon
|
the
|
ć
|
into (+acc)
|
Rome
|
to have
|
asp
|
gold/golden
|
great
|
ć
|
mina [Greek monetaryunit]
|
thousand
|
into (+acc)
|
the
|
to cause to stand
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
he/she/it/same
|
the
|
ć
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_24
|
after (+acc), with (+gen)
|
these (nom|acc)
|
he/she/it-ORDER FORTH-ed
|
Simon (nom|voc)
|
the (acc)
|
|
into (+acc)
|
Rome (acc)
|
while HAVE-ing (acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
asp (acc)
|
gold/golden ([Adj] acc)
|
great ([Adj] acc)
|
|
minas (gen)
|
thousand (gen)
|
into (+acc)
|
the (nom|acc)
|
to-CAUSE-TO-STand, be-you(sg)-CAUSE-ed-TO-STand!, he/she/it-happens-to-CAUSE-TO-STand (opt)
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
them/same (acc)
|
the (acc)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_24
|
1Mch_14:24_1
|
1Mch_14:24_2
|
1Mch_14:24_3
|
1Mch_14:24_4
|
1Mch_14:24_5
|
1Mch_14:24_6
|
1Mch_14:24_7
|
1Mch_14:24_8
|
1Mch_14:24_9
|
1Mch_14:24_10
|
1Mch_14:24_11
|
1Mch_14:24_12
|
1Mch_14:24_13
|
1Mch_14:24_14
|
1Mch_14:24_15
|
1Mch_14:24_16
|
1Mch_14:24_17
|
1Mch_14:24_18
|
1Mch_14:24_19
|
1Mch_14:24_20
|
1Mch_14:24_21
|
1Mch_14:24_22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_25
|
Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν ὁ δῆμος τῶν λόγων τούτων, εἶπαν Τίνα χάριν ἀποδώσομεν Σιμωνι καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ;
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_25
|
Whereof when the people heard, they said, What thanks shall we give to Simon and his sons? (1 Maccabees 14:25 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_25
|
Gdy lud usłyszał otych sprawach, powiedział: «W jaki sposób odwdzięczymy się Szymonowi i jego synom? (1 Mch 14:25 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_25
|
Ὡς
|
δὲ
|
ἤκουσεν
|
ὁ
|
δῆμος
|
τῶν
|
λόγων
|
τούτων,
|
εἶπαν
|
Τίνα
|
χάριν
|
ἀποδώσομεν
|
Σιμωνι
|
καὶ
|
τοῖς
|
υἱοῖς
|
αὐτοῦ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_25
|
ὡς
|
δέ
|
ἀκούω (ακου-, ακου·σ-, ακου·σ-, ακηκο·[κ]-, ηκουσ-, ακουσ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δῆμος, -ου, ὁ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λόγος, -ου, ὁ
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
λέγω (λεγ-, ερ(ε)·[σ]-, ειπ·[σ]-/λεξ- or 2nd ειπ-, ειρη·κ-, ειρη-, ρη·θ-/ρε·θ-/λεχ·θ-)
|
τί[ν]ς[1] τί[ν], gen. τίνος, dat. τίνι, acc. τίνα τί
|
χάριν; χάρι[τ]ς, -ιτος, ἡ, acc. χάρι[τ]ν and χάριτα
|
ἀπο·δίδωμι (ath. απο+διδ(ο)-/ath. απο+διδ(ω)-, απο+δω·σ-, απο+δω·κ- or 2nd ath. απο+δ(ο)-/ath. απο+δ(ω)-, -, απο+δεδο-, απο+δο·θ-)
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
υἱός, -ου, ὁ, voc. pl. υἱοί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_25
|
Jak/jak
|
zaś
|
By słyszeć
|
—
|
Zgromadzenia okręg, kraj, ziemia, parafia, mieszkańcy,
|
—
|
Słowa Logo jest rozmawianie, powiedzenie, słowo jak wyrażenie myśli; odróżniany od czynu rozmawiania. Podczas gdy to jest wyrażenie, to jest ognisko jest na myśli , od których wyrażenie emanuje.
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
By mówić/opowiadaj
|
Kto/co/dlaczego zaimek pytający: Kto? Co? Dlaczego? Itd.
|
Dla [przyspieszenie. z ????? Używany przysłówkowo] praca domowa. dla; względów {przysług}/wdzięk {łaskawość} [zobacz miłosierdzie]
|
By oddawać przywracaj, wyznaczaj, przypisuj, przenoś, odnoś się
|
Simon
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Syn
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_25
|
*(Os
|
de\
|
E)/kousen
|
o(
|
dE=mos
|
tO=n
|
lo/gOn
|
tou/tOn,
|
ei)=pan
|
*ti/na
|
CHa/rin
|
a)podO/somen
|
*simOni
|
kai\
|
toi=s
|
ui(oi=s
|
au)tou=;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_25
|
Os
|
de
|
Ekusen
|
ho
|
dEmos
|
tOn
|
logOn
|
tutOn,
|
eipan
|
tina
|
CHarin
|
apodOsomen
|
simOni
|
kai
|
tois
|
hyiois
|
autu;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_25
|
C
|
x
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_NSM
|
N2_NSM
|
RA_GPM
|
N2_GPM
|
RD_GPM
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
RI_ASF
|
N3_ASF
|
VF_FAI1P
|
N3N_DSM
|
C
|
RA_DPM
|
N2_DPM
|
RD_GSM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_25
|
as/like
|
δὲ [{lexicon}][{inflect}][{close}]$ δ’ before ἄν [plus two occurrences before αὐτό: Mt 27:44; Phil 2:18]
|
to hear
|
the
|
assembly district, country, land, township, inhabitants,
|
the
|
word Logos is a speaking, a saying, a word as the expression of thought; differentiated from the act of speaking. While it is the expression, it's focus is on the thoughts from which the expression emanates.
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
to say/tell
|
who/what/why interrogative pronoun: who? what? why? etc.
|
for the sake of [acc. ofχάρις used adverbially] prep. for; favor/grace [see charity]
|
to give back restore, assign, impute, convey, refer
|
Simon
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
son
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_25
|
as/like
|
Yet
|
he/she/it-HEAR-ed
|
the (nom)
|
assembly (nom)
|
the (gen)
|
words (gen)
|
these (gen)
|
they-SAY/TELL-ed, upon SAY/TELL-ing (nom|acc|voc)
|
who/what/why (nom|acc), who/what/why (acc)
|
for; grace (acc)
|
we-will-GIVE BACK
|
Simon (dat)
|
and
|
the (dat)
|
sons (dat)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_25
|
1Mch_14:25_1
|
1Mch_14:25_2
|
1Mch_14:25_3
|
1Mch_14:25_4
|
1Mch_14:25_5
|
1Mch_14:25_6
|
1Mch_14:25_7
|
1Mch_14:25_8
|
1Mch_14:25_9
|
1Mch_14:25_10
|
1Mch_14:25_11
|
1Mch_14:25_12
|
1Mch_14:25_13
|
1Mch_14:25_14
|
1Mch_14:25_15
|
1Mch_14:25_16
|
1Mch_14:25_17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_26
|
ἐστήρισεν γὰρ αὐτὸςκαὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ οἶκος τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπολέμησεν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς Ισραηλ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν καὶ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ ἐλευθερίαν. καὶ κατέγραψαν ἐν δέλτοις χαλκαῖς καὶ ἔθεντο ἐν στήλαις ἐν ὄρει Σιων.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_26
|
For he and his brethren and the house of his father have established Israel, and chased away in fight their enemies from them, and confirmed their liberty. (1 Maccabees 14:26 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_26
|
On sam stał się mężnym człowiekiem, a także jego bracia i dom jego ojca. Wrogów wypędził spośród Izraela i zapewnił mu wolność». Spisali więc to na tablicach z brązu i umieścili na kolumnach na górze Syjon. (1 Mch 14:26 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_26
|
ἐστήρισεν
|
γὰρ
|
αὐτὸς
|
καὶ
|
οἱ
|
ἀδελφοὶ
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ὁ
|
οἶκος
|
τοῦ
|
πατρὸς
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἐπολέμησεν
|
τοὺς
|
ἐχθροὺς
|
Ισραηλ
|
ἀπ’
|
αὐτῶν
|
καὶ
|
ἔστησαν
|
αὐτῷ
|
ἐλευθερίαν.
|
καὶ
|
κατέγραψαν
|
ἐν
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_26
|
στηρίζω (στηριζ-, στηρι(ε)·[σ]-/στηρι·σ-/στηριξ-, στηρι·σ-/στηριξ-, εστηρι·κ-, εστηρι-/εστηρισ-/εστηριγ-, στηρισ·θ-/στηριχ·θ-)
|
γάρ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ, voc. pl. ἀδελφοί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
οἶκος, -ου, ὁ (cf. οἰκία)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πατήρ, -τ[ε]ρός, ὁ, voc. pl. πατέρες
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
πολεμέω (πολεμ(ε)-, πολεμη·σ-, πολεμη·σ-, -, -, πολεμη·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐχθρός -ά -όν
|
Ἰσραήλ, ὁ
|
ἀπό
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ἵστημι (ath. ιστ(α)-/ath. ιστ(η)-, στη·σ-, στη·σ- or 2nd ath. στ(η)-/ath. στ(α)-, εστη·κ-/εστα·κ-/εστ(α)·[κ]-, εστη-/εστα-, στα·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἐλευθερία, -ας, ἡ
|
καί
|
κατα·γράφω (κατα+γραφ-, -, κατα+γραψ-, -, κατα+γεγραφ-, κατα+γραφ·[θ]-)
|
ἐν
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_26
|
Do popieranego podtrzymuj, znacz bojami, podpieraj, opieraj, udowadniał
|
Dla odtąd, jak
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Brat
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Dom
|
—
|
Ojciec
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By walczyć z wojną
|
—
|
Wrogi
|
Izrael
|
od, z, od strony; ἀπ’ / ἀφ’ – przyimek oznaczający początek („od”, „z”), pochodzenie („z, od kogoś”), oddzielenie lub odsunięcie („z dala od”), a także przyczynę („z powodu”); forma ἀπ’ występuje przed samogłoską z przydechem słabym, a ἀφ’ przed samogłoską z przydechem mocnym
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By powodować stać
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Wolności wolność
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By zapisywać
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_26
|
e)stE/risen
|
ga\r
|
au)to\s
|
kai\
|
oi(
|
a)delfoi\
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
o(
|
oi)=kos
|
tou=
|
patro\s
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
e)pole/mEsen
|
tou\s
|
e)CHTrou\s
|
*israEl
|
a)p’
|
au)tO=n
|
kai\
|
e)/stEsan
|
au)tO=|
|
e)leuTeri/an.
|
kai\
|
kate/graPSan
|
e)n
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_26
|
estErisen
|
gar
|
autos
|
kai
|
hoi
|
adelfoi
|
autu
|
kai
|
ho
|
oikos
|
tu
|
patros
|
autu
|
kai
|
epolemEsen
|
tus
|
eCHTrus
|
israEl
|
ap’
|
autOn
|
kai
|
estEsan
|
autO
|
eleuTerian.
|
kai
|
kategraPSan
|
en
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_26
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
x
|
RD_NSM
|
C
|
RA_NPM
|
N2_NPM
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
RA_NSM
|
N2_NSM
|
RA_GSM
|
N3_GSM
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_APM
|
A1A_APM
|
N_GSM
|
P
|
RD_GPM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
RD_DSM
|
N1A_ASF
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
P
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_26
|
to supported uphold, buoy, buttress, base, substantiated
|
for since, as
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
brother
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
house
|
the
|
father
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to fight war
|
the
|
hostile
|
Israel
|
from (G575) – starting from (coming from, since [the start of], in order from), away/out from (from among), sent by, removingly from, receptively from, resulting/produced from, or because of (due to). ἀπ’ before smooth breathing, ἀφ’ before rough breathing
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to cause to stand
|
he/she/it/same
|
liberty freedom
|
and also, even, namely
|
to write down
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_26
|
he/she/it-SUPPORTED-ed
|
for
|
he/it/same (nom)
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
brothers (nom|voc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
house (nom)
|
the (gen)
|
father (gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-FIGHT-ed
|
the (acc)
|
hostile ([Adj] acc)
|
Israel (indecl)
|
away from (+gen)
|
them/same (gen)
|
and
|
they-CAUSE-ed-TO-STand
|
him/it/same (dat)
|
liberty (acc)
|
and
|
they-WRITE-ed-DOWN
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_26
|
1Mch_14:26_1
|
1Mch_14:26_2
|
1Mch_14:26_3
|
1Mch_14:26_4
|
1Mch_14:26_5
|
1Mch_14:26_6
|
1Mch_14:26_7
|
1Mch_14:26_8
|
1Mch_14:26_9
|
1Mch_14:26_10
|
1Mch_14:26_11
|
1Mch_14:26_12
|
1Mch_14:26_13
|
1Mch_14:26_14
|
1Mch_14:26_15
|
1Mch_14:26_16
|
1Mch_14:26_17
|
1Mch_14:26_18
|
1Mch_14:26_19
|
1Mch_14:26_20
|
1Mch_14:26_21
|
1Mch_14:26_22
|
1Mch_14:26_23
|
1Mch_14:26_24
|
1Mch_14:26_25
|
1Mch_14:26_26
|
1Mch_14:26_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_27
|
καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῆς γραφῆς Ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ Ελουλ ἔτους δευτέρου καὶ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ – καὶ τοῦτο τρίτον ἔτος ἐπὶ Σιμωνος ἀρχιερέως μεγάλου ἐν ασαραμελ –
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_27
|
So then they wrote it in tables of brass, which they set upon pillars in mount Sion: and this is the copy of the writing; The eighteenth day of the month Elul, in the hundred threescore and twelfth year, being the third year of Simon the high priest, (1 Maccabees 14:27 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_27
|
A oto odpis dokumentu: «Dnia osiemnastego miesiąca Elul, w roku sto siedemdziesiątym drugim, w trzecim roku wielkiego arcykapłana Szymona, zwierzchnika ludu Bożego, (1 Mch 14:27 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_27
|
καὶ
|
τοῦτο
|
τὸ
|
ἀντίγραφον
|
τῆς
|
γραφῆς
|
Ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ
|
Ελουλ
|
ἔτους
|
δευτέρου
|
καὶ
|
ἑβδομηκοστοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἑκατοστοῦ
|
–
|
καὶ
|
τοῦτο
|
τρίτον
|
ἔτος
|
ἐπὶ
|
Σιμωνος
|
ἀρχιερέως
|
μεγάλου
|
ἐν
|
ασαραμελ
|
–
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_27
|
καί
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γραφή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
ὀκτω·και·δέκατος -η -ον [LXX]
|
|
ἔτο·ς, -ους, τό
|
δεύτερος -α -ον
|
καί
|
|
καί
|
|
|
καί
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
τρίτος -η -ον
|
ἔτο·ς, -ους, τό
|
ἐπί
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
ἀρχ·ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
μέγ[αλ]ας μεγάλη μέγ[αλ]α
|
ἐν
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_27
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Pisanie
|
Osiemnasty
|
—
|
Rok
|
Drugi
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
Trzeci
|
Rok
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
Simon
|
Arcykapłan
|
Wielki
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_27
|
kai\
|
tou=to
|
to\
|
a)nti/grafon
|
tE=s
|
grafE=s
|
*)oktOkaideka/tE|
|
*eloul
|
e)/tous
|
deute/rou
|
kai\
|
e(bdomEkostou=
|
kai\
|
e(katostou=
|
–
|
kai\
|
tou=to
|
tri/ton
|
e)/tos
|
e)pi\
|
*simOnos
|
a)rCHiere/Os
|
mega/lou
|
e)n
|
asaramel
|
–
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_27
|
kai
|
tuto
|
to
|
antigrafon
|
tEs
|
grafEs
|
oktOkaidekatE
|
elul
|
etus
|
deuteru
|
kai
|
hebdomEkostu
|
kai
|
hekatostu
|
–
|
kai
|
tuto
|
triton
|
etos
|
epi
|
simOnos
|
arCHiereOs
|
megalu
|
en
|
asaramel
|
–
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_27
|
C
|
RD_NSN
|
RA_NSN
|
N2N_NSN
|
RA_GSF
|
N1_GSF
|
A1_DSF
|
N_GS
|
N3E_GSN
|
A1A_GSN
|
C
|
A1_GSN
|
C
|
A1_GSN
|
–
|
C
|
RD_NSN
|
A1_NSN
|
N3E_NSN
|
P
|
N3N_GSM
|
N3V_GSM
|
A1_GSM
|
P
|
N_DS
|
–
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_27
|
and also, even, namely
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
writing
|
eighteenth
|
ć
|
year
|
second
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
|
and also, even, namely
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
third
|
year
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
Simon
|
archpriest
|
great
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
ć
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_27
|
and
|
this (nom|acc)
|
the (nom|acc)
|
|
the (gen)
|
writing (gen)
|
eighteenth (dat)
|
|
year (gen)
|
second (gen)
|
and
|
|
and
|
|
|
and
|
this (nom|acc)
|
third (acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
year (nom|acc|voc)
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
Simon (gen)
|
archpriest (gen)
|
great ([Adj] gen)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_27
|
1Mch_14:27_1
|
1Mch_14:27_2
|
1Mch_14:27_3
|
1Mch_14:27_4
|
1Mch_14:27_5
|
1Mch_14:27_6
|
1Mch_14:27_7
|
1Mch_14:27_8
|
1Mch_14:27_9
|
1Mch_14:27_10
|
1Mch_14:27_11
|
1Mch_14:27_12
|
1Mch_14:27_13
|
1Mch_14:27_14
|
1Mch_14:27_15
|
1Mch_14:27_16
|
1Mch_14:27_17
|
1Mch_14:27_18
|
1Mch_14:27_19
|
1Mch_14:27_20
|
1Mch_14:27_21
|
1Mch_14:27_22
|
1Mch_14:27_23
|
1Mch_14:27_24
|
1Mch_14:27_25
|
1Mch_14:27_26
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_28
|
ἐπὶ συναγωγῆς μεγάλης ἱερέων καὶ λαοῦ καὶ ἀρχόντων ἔθνους καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τῆς χώρας ἐγνώρισεν ἡμῖν·
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_28
|
At Saramel in the great congregation of the priests, and people, and rulers of the nation, and elders of the country, were these things notified unto us. (1 Maccabees 14:28 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_28
|
na wielkim zgromadzeniu kapłanów, ludu, zwierzchników narodu i starszyzny kraju podano nam do wiadomości: (1 Mch 14:28 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_28
|
ἐπὶ
|
συναγωγῆς
|
μεγάλης
|
ἱερέων
|
καὶ
|
λαοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἀρχόντων
|
ἔθνους
|
καὶ
|
τῶν
|
πρεσβυτέρων
|
τῆς
|
χώρας
|
ἐγνώρισεν
|
ἡμῖν·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_28
|
ἐπί
|
συν·αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
μέγ[αλ]ας μεγάλη μέγ[αλ]α
|
ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
καί
|
λαός, -οῦ, ὁ
|
καί
|
ἄρχων[τ], -ο[υ]ντος, ὁ, dat. pl. ἄρχουσιν, voc. pl. ἄρχοντες; ἄρχω (αρχ-, αρξ-, αρξ-, -, ηρχ-, -)
|
ἔθνο·ς, -ους, τό, voc. pl. ἔθνη
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πρεσβύ·τερος -α -ον (Comp. of πρέσβυς)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
γνωρίζω (γνωριζ-, γνωρι(ε)·[σ]-/γνωρι·σ-, γνωρι·σ-, -, εγνωρισ-, γνωρισ·θ-)
|
ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ (μου), ἐμοί (μοι), ἐμέ (με), pl. ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_28
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
Zebranie
|
Wielki
|
Duchowny
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Ludzie
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Władca; by zaczynać się
|
Naród [zobacz etniczny]
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Starszy
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
By robić znany
|
Ja
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_28
|
e)pi\
|
sunagOgE=s
|
mega/lEs
|
i(ere/On
|
kai\
|
laou=
|
kai\
|
a)rCHo/ntOn
|
e)/Tnous
|
kai\
|
tO=n
|
presbute/rOn
|
tE=s
|
CHO/ras
|
e)gnO/risen
|
E(mi=n·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_28
|
epi
|
synagOgEs
|
megalEs
|
hiereOn
|
kai
|
lau
|
kai
|
arCHontOn
|
eTnus
|
kai
|
tOn
|
presbyterOn
|
tEs
|
CHOras
|
egnOrisen
|
hEmin·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_28
|
P
|
N1_GSF
|
A1_GSF
|
N3V_GPM
|
C
|
N2_GSM
|
C
|
N3_GPM
|
N3E_GSN
|
C
|
RA_GPM
|
N2_GPM
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RP_DP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_28
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
gathering
|
great
|
priest
|
and also, even, namely
|
people
|
and also, even, namely
|
ruler; to begin
|
nation [see ethnic]
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
elder
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
to make known
|
I
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_28
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
gathering (gen)
|
great ([Adj] gen)
|
priests (gen)
|
and
|
people (gen)
|
and
|
rulers (gen); let-them-be-BEGIN-ing! (classical), while BEGIN-ing (gen)
|
nation (gen)
|
and
|
the (gen)
|
elder ([Adj] gen)
|
the (gen)
|
region (gen), regions (acc)
|
he/she/it-MAKE-ed-KNOWN
|
us (dat)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_28
|
1Mch_14:28_1
|
1Mch_14:28_2
|
1Mch_14:28_3
|
1Mch_14:28_4
|
1Mch_14:28_5
|
1Mch_14:28_6
|
1Mch_14:28_7
|
1Mch_14:28_8
|
1Mch_14:28_9
|
1Mch_14:28_10
|
1Mch_14:28_11
|
1Mch_14:28_12
|
1Mch_14:28_13
|
1Mch_14:28_14
|
1Mch_14:28_15
|
1Mch_14:28_16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_29
|
ἐπεὶ πολλάκις ἐγενήθησαν πόλεμοι ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ, Σιμων δὲ υἱὸς Ματταθιου ἱερεὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ιωαριβ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἔδωκαν αὑτοὺς τῷ κινδύνῳ καὶ ἀντέστησαν τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις τοῦ ἔθνους αὐτῶν, ὅπως σταθῇ τὰ ἅγια αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ νόμος, καὶ δόξῃ μεγάλῃ ἐδόξασαν τὸ ἔθνος αὐτῶν.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_29
|
Forasmuch as oftentimes there have been wars in the country, wherein for the maintenance of their sanctuary, and the law, Simon the son of Mattathias, of the posterity of Jarib, together with his brethren, put themselves in jeopardy, and resisting the enemies of their nation did their nation great honour: (1 Maccabees 14:29 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_29
|
W wielu walkach,które nawiedzały kraj, Szymon, syn Matatiasza, kapłan z synów Joariba, oraz jego bracia narażali się na niebezpieczeństwo i stawiali opór wrogom swojego narodu w tym celu, aby w poszanowaniu były świętości jego i Prawo. W ten sposób wiele chwały przyczynili swojemu narodowi. (1 Mch 14:29 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_29
|
ἐπεὶ
|
πολλάκις
|
ἐγενήθησαν
|
πόλεμοι
|
ἐν
|
τῇ
|
χώρᾳ,
|
Σιμων
|
δὲ
|
υἱὸς
|
Ματταθιου
|
ἱερεὺς
|
τῶν
|
υἱῶν
|
Ιωαριβ
|
καὶ
|
οἱ
|
ἀδελφοὶ
|
αὐτοῦ
|
ἔδωκαν
|
αὑτοὺς
|
τῷ
|
κινδύνῳ
|
καὶ
|
ἀντέστησαν
|
τοῖς
|
ὑπεναντίοις
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_29
|
ἐπεί
|
πολλά·κις
|
γίνομαι/γίγν- (γιν-/γιγν-, γενη·σ-, 2nd γεν-, γεγον·[κ]-, γεγενη-, γενη·θ-)
|
πόλεμος, -ου, ὁ; πολεμέω (πολεμ(ε)-, πολεμη·σ-, πολεμη·σ-, -, -, πολεμη·θ-)
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
δέ
|
υἱός, -ου, ὁ, voc. pl. υἱοί
|
Ματταθίας, -ου, ὁ
|
ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
υἱός, -ου, ὁ, voc. pl. υἱοί
|
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ, voc. pl. ἀδελφοί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
δίδωμι (ath. διδ(ο)-/ath. διδ(ω)-, δω·σ-, δω·κ- or 2nd ath. δ(ο)-/ath. δ(ω)-, δεδω·κ-, δεδο-, δο·θ-)
|
ἑ·αυτοῦ/αὑτοῦ[2] -ῆς -οῦ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
κίνδυνος, -ου, ὁ
|
καί
|
ἀνθ·ίστημι (ath. ανθ+ιστ(α)-/ath. ανθ+ιστ(η)-, αντι+στη·σ-, 2nd ath. αντι+στ(η)-/ath. αντι+στ(α)-, ανθ+εστη·κ-, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὑπ·εν·αντίος -α -ον
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_29
|
Odtąd/inaczej [inaczej, np.,
|
Wiele razy
|
By stawać się stawaj się, zdarzaj się
|
Wojna [zobacz polemiczny]; by walczyć z wojną
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
Simon
|
zaś
|
Syn
|
Matatiasz
|
Duchowny
|
—
|
Syn
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Brat
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By dawać
|
Samo /nasz /twój /siebie
|
—
|
Niebezpieczeństwo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By przeciwstawiać
|
—
|
Nieprzyjazny (ustalony przeciw, przeciwny, wrogi)
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_29
|
e)pei\
|
polla/kis
|
e)genE/TEsan
|
po/lemoi
|
e)n
|
tE=|
|
CHO/ra|,
|
*simOn
|
de\
|
ui(o\s
|
*mattaTiou
|
i(ereu\s
|
tO=n
|
ui(O=n
|
*iOarib
|
kai\
|
oi(
|
a)delfoi\
|
au)tou=
|
e)/dOkan
|
au(tou\s
|
tO=|
|
kindu/nO|
|
kai\
|
a)nte/stEsan
|
toi=s
|
u(penanti/ois
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_29
|
epei
|
pollakis
|
egenETEsan
|
polemoi
|
en
|
tE
|
CHOra,
|
simOn
|
de
|
hyios
|
mattaTiu
|
hiereus
|
tOn
|
hyiOn
|
iOarib
|
kai
|
hoi
|
adelfoi
|
autu
|
edOkan
|
hautus
|
tO
|
kindynO
|
kai
|
antestEsan
|
tois
|
hypenantiois
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_29
|
C
|
D
|
VCI_API3P
|
N2_NPM
|
P
|
RA_DSF
|
N1A_DSF
|
N3N_NSM
|
x
|
N2_NSM
|
N1T_GSM
|
N3V_NSM
|
RA_GPM
|
N2_GPM
|
N_GS
|
C
|
RA_NPM
|
N2_NPM
|
RD_GSM
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
RD_APM
|
RA_DSM
|
N2_DSM
|
C
|
VHI_AAI3P
|
RA_DPM
|
A1A_DPM
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_29
|
since/otherwise [otherwise, e.g.,
|
many times
|
to become become, happen
|
war [see polemic]; to fight war
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
Simon
|
δὲ [{lexicon}][{inflect}][{close}]$ δ’ before ἄν [plus two occurrences before αὐτό: Mt 27:44; Phil 2:18]
|
son
|
Mattathias
|
priest
|
the
|
son
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
brother
|
he/she/it/same
|
to give
|
self /our-/your-/themselves
|
the
|
danger
|
and also, even, namely
|
to oppose
|
the
|
adversarial (set against, contrary, hostile)
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_29
|
since
|
many times
|
they-were-BECOME-ed
|
wars (nom|voc); he/she/it-happens-to-be-FIGHT-ing (opt)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
region (dat)
|
Simon (nom|voc)
|
Yet
|
son (nom)
|
Mattathias(gen)
|
priest (nom)
|
the (gen)
|
sons (gen)
|
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
brothers (nom|voc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
they-GIVE-ed
|
selves (acc)
|
the (dat)
|
danger (dat)
|
and
|
they-OPPOSE-ed
|
the (dat)
|
adversarial ([Adj] dat)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_29
|
1Mch_14:29_1
|
1Mch_14:29_2
|
1Mch_14:29_3
|
1Mch_14:29_4
|
1Mch_14:29_5
|
1Mch_14:29_6
|
1Mch_14:29_7
|
1Mch_14:29_8
|
1Mch_14:29_9
|
1Mch_14:29_10
|
1Mch_14:29_11
|
1Mch_14:29_12
|
1Mch_14:29_13
|
1Mch_14:29_14
|
1Mch_14:29_15
|
1Mch_14:29_16
|
1Mch_14:29_17
|
1Mch_14:29_18
|
1Mch_14:29_19
|
1Mch_14:29_20
|
1Mch_14:29_21
|
1Mch_14:29_22
|
1Mch_14:29_23
|
1Mch_14:29_24
|
1Mch_14:29_25
|
1Mch_14:29_26
|
1Mch_14:29_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_30
|
καὶ ἤθροισεν Ιωναθαν τὸ ἔθνος αὐτῶν καὶ ἐγενήθη αὐτοῖς ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ,
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_30
|
(For after that Jonathan, having gathered his nation together, and been their high priest, was added to his people, (1 Maccabees 14:30 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_30
|
Jonatan zgromadził swój naród, został arcykapłanem, aż został przyłączony do swoich przodków. (1 Mch 14:30 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_30
|
καὶ
|
ἤθροισεν
|
Ιωναθαν
|
τὸ
|
ἔθνος
|
αὐτῶν
|
καὶ
|
ἐγενήθη
|
αὐτοῖς
|
ἀρχιερεὺς
|
καὶ
|
προσετέθη
|
πρὸς
|
τὸν
|
λαὸν
|
αὐτοῦ,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_30
|
καί
|
ἀθροίζω (αθροιζ-, αθροι·σ-, αθροι·σ-, -, ηθροισ-, αθροισ·θ-)
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔθνο·ς, -ους, τό, voc. pl. ἔθνη
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
γίνομαι/γίγν- (γιν-/γιγν-, γενη·σ-, 2nd γεν-, γεγον·[κ]-, γεγενη-, γενη·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἀρχ·ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
καί
|
προσ·τίθημι (ath. προσ+τιθ(ε)-, προσ+θη·σ-, προσ+θη·κ- or 2nd ath. προσ+θ(ε)-, προσ+τεθει·κ-, προσ+τεθει-, προσ+τε·θ-)
|
πρός
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λαός, -οῦ, ὁ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_30
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Do ???
|
—
|
—
|
Naród [zobacz etniczny]
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By stawać się stawaj się, zdarzaj się
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Arcykapłan
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By dodawać do
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
—
|
Ludzie
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_30
|
kai\
|
E)/Troisen
|
*iOnaTan
|
to\
|
e)/Tnos
|
au)tO=n
|
kai\
|
e)genE/TE
|
au)toi=s
|
a)rCHiereu\s
|
kai\
|
prosete/TE
|
pro\s
|
to\n
|
lao\n
|
au)tou=,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_30
|
kai
|
ETroisen
|
iOnaTan
|
to
|
eTnos
|
autOn
|
kai
|
egenETE
|
autois
|
arCHiereus
|
kai
|
proseteTE
|
pros
|
ton
|
laon
|
autu,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_30
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
N_NSM
|
RA_ASN
|
N3E_ASN
|
RD_GPM
|
C
|
VCI_API3S
|
RD_DPM
|
N3V_NSM
|
C
|
VCI_API3S
|
P
|
RA_ASM
|
N2_ASM
|
RD_GSM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_30
|
and also, even, namely
|
to ???
|
ć
|
the
|
nation [see ethnic]
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to become become, happen
|
he/she/it/same
|
archpriest
|
and also, even, namely
|
to add to
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the
|
people
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_30
|
and
|
he/she/it-???-ed
|
|
the (nom|acc)
|
nation (nom|acc|voc)
|
them/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-BECOME-ed
|
them/same (dat)
|
archpriest (nom)
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-ADD-ed-TO
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (acc)
|
people (acc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_30
|
1Mch_14:30_1
|
1Mch_14:30_2
|
1Mch_14:30_3
|
1Mch_14:30_4
|
1Mch_14:30_5
|
1Mch_14:30_6
|
1Mch_14:30_7
|
1Mch_14:30_8
|
1Mch_14:30_9
|
1Mch_14:30_10
|
1Mch_14:30_11
|
1Mch_14:30_12
|
1Mch_14:30_13
|
1Mch_14:30_14
|
1Mch_14:30_15
|
1Mch_14:30_16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_31
|
καὶ ἐβουλήθησαν οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν ἐμβατεῦσαι εἰς τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκτεῖναι χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὰ ἅγια αὐτῶν·
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_31
|
Their enemies prepared to invade their country, that they might destroy it, and lay hands on the sanctuary: (1 Maccabees 14:31 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_31
|
Gdy nieprzyjacielechcieli wkroczyć do jego kraju, ażeby zniszczyć go i wyciągnąć ręce po jego świętości, (1 Mch 14:31 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_31
|
καὶ
|
ἐβουλήθησαν
|
οἱ
|
ἐχθροὶ
|
αὐτῶν
|
ἐμβατεῦσαι
|
εἰς
|
τὴν
|
χώραν
|
αὐτῶν
|
καὶ
|
ἐκτεῖναι
|
χεῖρας
|
ἐπὶ
|
τὰ
|
ἅγια
|
αὐτῶν·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_31
|
καί
|
βούλομαι (βουλ-, βουλη·σ-, -, -, -, βουλη·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐχθρός -ά -όν
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἐμ·βατεύω (εν+βατευ-, -, εν+βατευ·σ-, -, -, -)
|
εἰς[1]
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ἐκ·τείνω (εκ+τειν-, εκ+τεν(ε)·[σ]-, εκ+τειν·[σ]-, εκ+τετα·κ-, εκ+τετα-, εκ+τα·θ-)
|
χείρ, χειρός, ἡ, dat. pl. χερσίν
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἅγιος -α -ον (cf. ὅσιος and ἱερός)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_31
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By planować/decyduj się/zamierzaj
|
—
|
Wrogi
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By wchodzić w (wtrącaj się, dzieląc się, maszeruj do, najeżdżaj, do posiadania)
|
Do (+przyspieszenie)
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By rozszerzać się
|
Ręka
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Oddany {Dedykowany}/boży - w/pod odmiennym funkcji/używaniem (w/pod poświęceniem {dedykacją}, oddany {dedykowany}, skazywany, boży)
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_31
|
kai\
|
e)boulE/TEsan
|
oi(
|
e)CHTroi\
|
au)tO=n
|
e)mbateu=sai
|
ei)s
|
tE\n
|
CHO/ran
|
au)tO=n
|
kai\
|
e)ktei=nai
|
CHei=ras
|
e)pi\
|
ta\
|
a(/gia
|
au)tO=n·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_31
|
kai
|
ebulETEsan
|
hoi
|
eCHTroi
|
autOn
|
embateusai
|
eis
|
tEn
|
CHOran
|
autOn
|
kai
|
ekteinai
|
CHeiras
|
epi
|
ta
|
hagia
|
autOn·
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_31
|
C
|
VCI_API3P
|
RA_NPM
|
A1A_NPM
|
RD_GPM
|
VA_AAN
|
P
|
RA_ASF
|
N1A_ASF
|
RD_GPM
|
C
|
VA_AAN
|
N3_APF
|
P
|
RA_APN
|
A1A_APN
|
RD_GPM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_31
|
and also, even, namely
|
to plan/determine/intend
|
the
|
hostile
|
he/she/it/same
|
to enter in (intrude, dividing, march into, invade, into possession)
|
into (+acc)
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to extend
|
hand
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
dedicated/divine - in/under a distinct function/usage (in/under dedication, dedicated, doomed, divine)
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_31
|
and
|
they-were-PLAN/DETERMINE/INTEND-ed
|
the (nom)
|
hostile ([Adj] nom|voc)
|
them/same (gen)
|
to-ENTER IN, be-you(sg)-ENTER IN-ed!, he/she/it-happens-to-ENTER IN (opt)
|
into (+acc)
|
the (acc)
|
region (acc)
|
them/same (gen)
|
and
|
to-EXTEND, be-you(sg)-EXTEND-ed!, he/she/it-happens-to-EXTEND (opt)
|
hands (acc)
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (nom|acc)
|
holy ([Adj] nom|acc|voc, nom|voc)
|
them/same (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_31
|
1Mch_14:31_1
|
1Mch_14:31_2
|
1Mch_14:31_3
|
1Mch_14:31_4
|
1Mch_14:31_5
|
1Mch_14:31_6
|
1Mch_14:31_7
|
1Mch_14:31_8
|
1Mch_14:31_9
|
1Mch_14:31_10
|
1Mch_14:31_11
|
1Mch_14:31_12
|
1Mch_14:31_13
|
1Mch_14:31_14
|
1Mch_14:31_15
|
1Mch_14:31_16
|
1Mch_14:31_17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_32
|
τότε ἀντέστη Σιμων καὶ ἐπολέμησε περὶ τοῦ ἔθνους αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐδαπάνησεν χρήματα πολλὰ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ὁπλοδότησεν τοὺς ἄνδρας τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ ἔθνους αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὀψώνια
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_32
|
At which time Simon rose up, and fought for his nation, and spent much of his own substance, and armed the valiant men of his nation and gave them wages, (1 Maccabees 14:32 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_32
|
wtedy przeciwstawił się Szymon i walczył w obronie swojego ludu, a nawet oddał dużą część swojego majątku, ażeby uzbroić żołnierzy należących do wojska swego narodu i żeby im żołd wypłacić. (1 Mch 14:32 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_32
|
τότε
|
ἀντέστη
|
Σιμων
|
καὶ
|
ἐπολέμησε
|
περὶ
|
τοῦ
|
ἔθνους
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἐδαπάνησεν
|
χρήματα
|
πολλὰ
|
τῶν
|
ἑαυτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ὁπλοδότησεν
|
τοὺς
|
ἄνδρας
|
τῆς
|
δυνάμεως
|
τοῦ
|
ἔθνους
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἔδωκεν
|
αὐτοῖς
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_32
|
τότε
|
ἀνθ·ίστημι (ath. ανθ+ιστ(α)-/ath. ανθ+ιστ(η)-, αντι+στη·σ-, 2nd ath. αντι+στ(η)-/ath. αντι+στ(α)-, ανθ+εστη·κ-, -, -)
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
καί
|
πολεμέω (πολεμ(ε)-, πολεμη·σ-, πολεμη·σ-, -, -, πολεμη·θ-)
|
περί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔθνο·ς, -ους, τό, voc. pl. ἔθνη
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
δαπανάω (δαπαν(α)-, δαπανη·σ-, δαπανη·σ-, -, δεδαπανη-, δαπανη·θ-)
|
χρῆμα[τ], -ατος, τό
|
πολ[λ]ύς πολλή πολ[λ]ύ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἑ·αυτοῦ/αὑτοῦ[2] -ῆς -οῦ
|
καί
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, voc. sg. ἄνερ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δύναμις, -εως, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔθνο·ς, -ους, τό, voc. pl. ἔθνη
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
δίδωμι (ath. διδ(ο)-/ath. διδ(ω)-, δω·σ-, δω·κ- or 2nd ath. δ(ο)-/ath. δ(ω)-, δεδω·κ-, δεδο-, δο·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_32
|
Wtedy
|
By przeciwstawiać
|
Simon
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By walczyć z wojną
|
Dookoła (+przyspieszenie,+informacja)
|
—
|
Naród [zobacz etniczny]
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By opróżniać
|
Znaczy {Ma na myśli} (bogactwo, potrzeba, {czas wiązał się {opowiadał}, wystawiają?})
|
Dużo
|
—
|
Samo /nasz /twój /siebie
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
—
|
Człowiek, mąż Zwykle "człowiek", jak odmienny od kobiety, zwierzę, bóg, itd.; czasami, "mąż".
|
—
|
Zdolność
|
—
|
Naród [zobacz etniczny]
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By dawać
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_32
|
to/te
|
a)nte/stE
|
*simOn
|
kai\
|
e)pole/mEse
|
peri\
|
tou=
|
e)/Tnous
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
e)dapa/nEsen
|
CHrE/mata
|
polla\
|
tO=n
|
e(autou=
|
kai\
|
o(plodo/tEsen
|
tou\s
|
a)/ndras
|
tE=s
|
duna/meOs
|
tou=
|
e)/Tnous
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
e)/dOken
|
au)toi=s
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_32
|
tote
|
antestE
|
simOn
|
kai
|
epolemEse
|
peri
|
tu
|
eTnus
|
autu
|
kai
|
edapanEsen
|
CHrEmata
|
polla
|
tOn
|
heautu
|
kai
|
hoplodotEsen
|
tus
|
andras
|
tEs
|
dynameOs
|
tu
|
eTnus
|
autu
|
kai
|
edOken
|
autois
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_32
|
D
|
VHI_AAI3S
|
N3N_NSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
P
|
RA_GSN
|
N3E_GSN
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
N3M_APN
|
A1_APN
|
RA_GPM
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VA_AAI3S
|
RA_APM
|
N3_APM
|
RA_GSF
|
N3I_GSF
|
RA_GSN
|
N3E_GSN
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RD_DPM
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_32
|
then
|
to oppose
|
Simon
|
and also, even, namely
|
to fight war
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
the
|
nation [see ethnic]
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to deplete
|
means (wealth, necessities, {time related, expose?})
|
much
|
the
|
self /our-/your-/themselves
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
the
|
man, husband Usually "man", as distinct from woman, beast, god, etc.; sometimes, "husband".
|
the
|
ability
|
the
|
nation [see ethnic]
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to give
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_32
|
then
|
he/she/it-OPPOSE-ed
|
Simon (nom|voc)
|
and
|
he/she/it-FIGHT-ed
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
the (gen)
|
nation (gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-DEPLETE-ed
|
meanses (nom|acc|voc)
|
many (nom|acc)
|
the (gen)
|
self (gen)
|
and
|
|
the (acc)
|
men, husbands (acc)
|
the (gen)
|
ability (gen)
|
the (gen)
|
nation (gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-GIVE-ed
|
them/same (dat)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_32
|
1Mch_14:32_1
|
1Mch_14:32_2
|
1Mch_14:32_3
|
1Mch_14:32_4
|
1Mch_14:32_5
|
1Mch_14:32_6
|
1Mch_14:32_7
|
1Mch_14:32_8
|
1Mch_14:32_9
|
1Mch_14:32_10
|
1Mch_14:32_11
|
1Mch_14:32_12
|
1Mch_14:32_13
|
1Mch_14:32_14
|
1Mch_14:32_15
|
1Mch_14:32_16
|
1Mch_14:32_17
|
1Mch_14:32_18
|
1Mch_14:32_19
|
1Mch_14:32_20
|
1Mch_14:32_21
|
1Mch_14:32_22
|
1Mch_14:32_23
|
1Mch_14:32_24
|
1Mch_14:32_25
|
1Mch_14:32_26
|
1Mch_14:32_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_33
|
καὶ ὠχύρωσεν τὰς πόλεις τῆς Ιουδαίας καὶ τὴν Βαιθσουραν τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ὁρίων τῆς Ιουδαίας, οὗ ἦν τὰ ὅπλα τῶν πολεμίων τὸ πρότερον, καὶ ἔθετο ἐκεῖ φρουρὰν ἄνδρας Ιουδαίους.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_33
|
And fortified the cities of Judea, together with Bethsura, that lieth upon the borders of Judea, where the armour of the enemies had been before; but he set a garrison of Jews there: (1 Maccabees 14:33 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_33
|
Obwarował on judzkie miasta, a także Bet-Sur, które leży na granicach Judei, gdzie poprzednio była broń nieprzyjaciół. Umieścił tam załogę z żydowskich żołnierzy. (1 Mch 14:33 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_33
|
καὶ
|
ὠχύρωσεν
|
τὰς
|
πόλεις
|
τῆς
|
Ιουδαίας
|
καὶ
|
τὴν
|
Βαιθσουραν
|
τὴν
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῶν
|
ὁρίων
|
τῆς
|
Ιουδαίας,
|
οὗ
|
ἦν
|
τὰ
|
ὅπλα
|
τῶν
|
πολεμίων
|
τὸ
|
πρότερον,
|
καὶ
|
ἔθετο
|
ἐκεῖ
|
φρουρὰν
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_33
|
καί
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πόλις, -εως, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ; Ἰουδαῖος -αία -ον
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὅριον, -ου, τό; ὁρίζω (οριζ-, ορι(ε)·[σ]-, ορι·σ-, -, ωρισ-, ορισ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ; Ἰουδαῖος -αία -ον
|
οὗ[1]; ὅς ἥ ὅ
|
εἰμί[1] (ath. (εσ)-/(εσ)-, εσ·[σ]-, -, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὅπλον, -ου, τό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πρό·τερος -α -ον (Comp. of πρῶτος)
|
καί
|
τίθημι (ath. τιθ(ε)-, θη·σ-, θη·κ- or 2nd ath. θ(ε)-, τεθει·κ-, τεθει-, τε·θ-)
|
ἐκεῖ
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_33
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
—
|
Miasto
|
—
|
Judea [okolica z]; żydowski
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Granica; by wyświęcać/znak {ocenę} precz
|
—
|
Judea [okolica z]; żydowski
|
Gdzie ??? ?? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} "aż gdzie (na czas {w czasie})", tamto jest, "aż kiedy", "aż do takiego czasu jak", albo "aż do punktu tamto"; kto/, który/, który
|
By być
|
—
|
Narzędzie
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Wcześniej
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By umieszczać leżał, niech kładzie, niech umieszcza, umieszczaj, stawiaj
|
Tam
|
—
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_33
|
kai\
|
O)CHu/rOsen
|
ta\s
|
po/leis
|
tE=s
|
*ioudai/as
|
kai\
|
tE\n
|
*baiTsouran
|
tE\n
|
e)pi\
|
tO=n
|
o(ri/On
|
tE=s
|
*ioudai/as,
|
ou(=
|
E)=n
|
ta\
|
o(/pla
|
tO=n
|
polemi/On
|
to\
|
pro/teron,
|
kai\
|
e)/Teto
|
e)kei=
|
froura\n
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_33
|
kai
|
OCHyrOsen
|
tas
|
poleis
|
tEs
|
iudaias
|
kai
|
tEn
|
baiTsuran
|
tEn
|
epi
|
tOn
|
horiOn
|
tEs
|
iudaias,
|
hu
|
En
|
ta
|
hopla
|
tOn
|
polemiOn
|
to
|
proteron,
|
kai
|
eTeto
|
ekei
|
fruran
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_33
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_APF
|
N3I_APF
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
C
|
RA_ASF
|
N_ASF
|
RA_ASF
|
P
|
RA_GPN
|
N2N_GPN
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
RR_GSM
|
V9_IAI3S
|
RA_NPN
|
N2N_NPN
|
RA_GPM
|
A1A_GPM
|
RA_ASN
|
A1_ASN
|
C
|
VEI_AMI3S
|
D
|
N1A_ASF
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_33
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
the
|
city
|
the
|
Judea [region of]; Jewish
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
boundary; to ordain/mark off
|
the
|
Judea [region of]; Jewish
|
where ἕως οὗ means "until where (in time)", that is, "until when", "until such time as", or "until the point that"; who/whom/which
|
to be
|
the
|
implement
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
earlier
|
and also, even, namely
|
to place lay, put, set, situate, station
|
there
|
ć
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_33
|
and
|
|
the (acc)
|
cities (acc, nom|voc)
|
the (gen)
|
Judea (gen); Jewish ([Adj] acc, gen)
|
and
|
the (acc)
|
|
the (acc)
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (gen)
|
boundaries (gen); going-to-ORDAIN/MARK (fut ptcp) (nom)
|
the (gen)
|
Judea (gen); Jewish ([Adj] acc, gen)
|
where; who/whom/which (gen)
|
he/she/it-was
|
the (nom|acc)
|
implements (nom|acc|voc)
|
the (gen)
|
|
the (nom|acc)
|
earlier ([Adj] acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-PLACE-ed
|
there
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_33
|
1Mch_14:33_1
|
1Mch_14:33_2
|
1Mch_14:33_3
|
1Mch_14:33_4
|
1Mch_14:33_5
|
1Mch_14:33_6
|
1Mch_14:33_7
|
1Mch_14:33_8
|
1Mch_14:33_9
|
1Mch_14:33_10
|
1Mch_14:33_11
|
1Mch_14:33_12
|
1Mch_14:33_13
|
1Mch_14:33_14
|
1Mch_14:33_15
|
1Mch_14:33_16
|
1Mch_14:33_17
|
1Mch_14:33_18
|
1Mch_14:33_19
|
1Mch_14:33_20
|
1Mch_14:33_21
|
1Mch_14:33_22
|
1Mch_14:33_23
|
1Mch_14:33_24
|
1Mch_14:33_25
|
1Mch_14:33_26
|
1Mch_14:33_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_34
|
καὶ Ιοππην ὠχύρωσεντὴν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τὴν Γαζαραν τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ὁρίων Ἀζώτου, ἐν ᾗ ᾤκουν οἱ πολέμιοι τὸ πρότερον, καὶ κατῴκισεν ἐκεῖ Ιουδαίους, καὶ ὅσα ἐπιτήδεια ἦν πρὸς τῇ τούτων ἐπανορθώσει, ἔθετο ἐν αὐτοῖς.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_34
|
Moreover he fortifiedJoppa, which lieth upon the sea, and Gazera, that bordereth upon Azotus, where the enemies had dwelt before: but he placed Jews there, and furnished them with all things convenient for the reparation thereof.) (1 Maccabees 14:34 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_34
|
Obwarował również Jafę, która leży nad morzem, a także Gezer, które leży na granicach Azotu. Poprzednio mieszkali tam nieprzyjaciele, ale on osiedlił w nim Żydów i dał im wszystko, co było im potrzebne do podniesienia ich dobrobytu. (1 Mch 14:34 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_34
|
καὶ
|
Ιοππην
|
ὠχύρωσεν
|
τὴν
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῆς
|
θαλάσσης
|
καὶ
|
τὴν
|
Γαζαραν
|
τὴν
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῶν
|
ὁρίων
|
Ἀζώτου,
|
ἐν
|
ᾗ
|
ᾤκουν
|
οἱ
|
πολέμιοι
|
τὸ
|
πρότερον,
|
καὶ
|
κατῴκισεν
|
ἐκεῖ
|
Ιουδαίους,
|
καὶ
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_34
|
καί
|
Ἰόππη, -ης, ἡ
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
θάλασσα, -ης, ἡ
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὅριον, -ου, τό; ὁρίζω (οριζ-, ορι(ε)·[σ]-, ορι·σ-, -, ωρισ-, ορισ·θ-)
|
Ἄζωτος, -ου, ἡ
|
ἐν
|
ὅς ἥ ὅ
|
οἰκέω (οικ(ε)-, οικη·σ-, οικη·σ-, -, -, οικη·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πρό·τερος -α -ον (Comp. of πρῶτος)
|
καί
|
κατ·οικίζω (κατ+οικιζ-, κατ+οικι(ε)·[σ]-, κατ+οικι·σ-, -, κατ+ῳκισ-, κατ+οικισ·θ-)
|
ἐκεῖ
|
Ἰουδαῖος -αία -ον
|
καί
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_34
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Joppa
|
—
|
—
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Morze
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Granica; by wyświęcać/znak {ocenę} precz
|
Azotus
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
Kto/, który/, który
|
By mieszkać
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Wcześniej
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By osiedlać
|
Tam
|
Żydowski
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_34
|
kai\
|
*ioppEn
|
O)CHu/rOsen
|
tE\n
|
e)pi\
|
tE=s
|
Tala/ssEs
|
kai\
|
tE\n
|
*gaDZaran
|
tE\n
|
e)pi\
|
tO=n
|
o(ri/On
|
*)aDZO/tou,
|
e)n
|
E(=|
|
O)/|koun
|
oi(
|
pole/mioi
|
to\
|
pro/teron,
|
kai\
|
katO/|kisen
|
e)kei=
|
*ioudai/ous,
|
kai\
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_34
|
kai
|
ioppEn
|
OCHyrOsen
|
tEn
|
epi
|
tEs
|
TalassEs
|
kai
|
tEn
|
gaDZaran
|
tEn
|
epi
|
tOn
|
horiOn
|
aDZOtu,
|
en
|
hE
|
Okun
|
hoi
|
polemioi
|
to
|
proteron,
|
kai
|
katOkisen
|
ekei
|
iudaius,
|
kai
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_34
|
C
|
N1_ASF
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_ASF
|
P
|
RA_GSF
|
N1S_GSF
|
C
|
RA_ASF
|
N_ASF
|
RA_ASF
|
P
|
RA_GPN
|
N2N_GPN
|
N2_GSM
|
P
|
RR_DSF
|
V2I_IAI3P
|
RA_NPM
|
A1A_NPM
|
RA_ASN
|
A1_ASN
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
D
|
N2_APM
|
C
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_34
|
and also, even, namely
|
Joppa
|
ć
|
the
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
sea
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
boundary; to ordain/mark off
|
Azotus
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
who/whom/which
|
to dwell
|
the
|
ć
|
the
|
earlier
|
and also, even, namely
|
to domicile
|
there
|
Jewish
|
and also, even, namely
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_34
|
and
|
Joppa (acc)
|
|
the (acc)
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (gen)
|
sea (gen)
|
and
|
the (acc)
|
|
the (acc)
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (gen)
|
boundaries (gen); going-to-ORDAIN/MARK (fut ptcp) (nom)
|
Azotus (gen)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
who/whom/which (dat)
|
I-was-DWELL-ing, they-were-DWELL-ing
|
the (nom)
|
|
the (nom|acc)
|
earlier ([Adj] acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
and
|
he/she/it-DOMICILE-ed
|
there
|
Jewish ([Adj] acc)
|
and
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_34
|
1Mch_14:34_1
|
1Mch_14:34_2
|
1Mch_14:34_3
|
1Mch_14:34_4
|
1Mch_14:34_5
|
1Mch_14:34_6
|
1Mch_14:34_7
|
1Mch_14:34_8
|
1Mch_14:34_9
|
1Mch_14:34_10
|
1Mch_14:34_11
|
1Mch_14:34_12
|
1Mch_14:34_13
|
1Mch_14:34_14
|
1Mch_14:34_15
|
1Mch_14:34_16
|
1Mch_14:34_17
|
1Mch_14:34_18
|
1Mch_14:34_19
|
1Mch_14:34_20
|
1Mch_14:34_21
|
1Mch_14:34_22
|
1Mch_14:34_23
|
1Mch_14:34_24
|
1Mch_14:34_25
|
1Mch_14:34_26
|
1Mch_14:34_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_35
|
καὶ εἶδεν ὁ λαὸς τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Σιμωνος καὶ τὴν δόξαν, ἣν ἐβουλεύσατο ποιῆσαι τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθεντο αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον αὐτῶν καὶ ἀρχιερέα διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι πάντα ταῦτα καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν πίστιν, ἣν συνετήρησεν τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξεζήτησεν παντὶ τρόπῳ ὑψῶσαι τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_35
|
The people thereforesang the acts of Simon, and unto what glory he thought to bring his nation, made him their governor and chief priest, because he had done all these things, and for the justice and faith which he kept to his nation, and for that he sought by all means to exalt his people. (1 Maccabees 14:35 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_35
|
Lud widział wiaręSzymona i chwałę, której chciał przyczynić swojemu narodowi, ustanowili go więc swoim władcą i arcykapłanem w nagrodę za to wszystko, czego dokonał, za sprawiedliwość, za wiarę, której strzegł w swoim narodzie. Wszelkim bowiem sposobem zabiegał o to, żeby lud swój wywyższyć. (1 Mch 14:35 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_35
|
καὶ
|
εἶδεν
|
ὁ
|
λαὸς
|
τὴν
|
πίστιν
|
τοῦ
|
Σιμωνος
|
καὶ
|
τὴν
|
δόξαν,
|
ἣν
|
ἐβουλεύσατο
|
ποιῆσαι
|
τῷ
|
ἔθνει
|
αὐτοῦ,
|
καὶ
|
ἔθεντο
|
αὐτὸν
|
ἡγούμενον
|
αὐτῶν
|
καὶ
|
ἀρχιερέα
|
διὰ
|
τὸ
|
αὐτὸν
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_35
|
καί
|
ὁράω a.k.a. εἶδον (ορ(α)-, οψ-, οψ-/ιδ·[σ]- or 2nd ιδ-, εορα·κ-/εωρα·κ-, εορα-/εωρα-/ωφ-, ορα·θ-/οφ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λαός, -οῦ, ὁ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πίστις, -εως, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δόξα, -ης, ἡ; δοκέω (δοκ(ε)-, δοξ-, δοξ-, -, δεδοκ-, -)
|
ὅς ἥ ὅ
|
βουλεύω (βουλευ-, βουλευ·σ-, βουλευ·σ-, -, βεβουλευ-, -)
|
ποιέω (ποι(ε)-, ποιη·σ-, ποιη·σ-, πεποιη·κ-, πεποιη-, ποιη·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔθνο·ς, -ους, τό, voc. pl. ἔθνη
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
τίθημι (ath. τιθ(ε)-, θη·σ-, θη·κ- or 2nd ath. θ(ε)-, τεθει·κ-, τεθει-, τε·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἡγέομαι (ηγ(ε)-, -, ηγη·σ-, -, ηγη-, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ἀρχ·ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
διά
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_35
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By widzieć umysłowego widoku, spostrzegać, spostrzegać, by widzieć, wyglądać, spostrzegać, przyszły; strona bierna aorystu dla ß????: ?????? Był używany w późniejszym Gr., PPetr.2p.55 (iii B. C.), SIG685.74 (ii B. C.),
|
—
|
Ludzie
|
—
|
Wiara(pełność)
|
—
|
Simon
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Sławy/wzbudzanie grozy; by oczekiwać zdawać się, do proszę, by zdawać się dobrym do
|
Kto/, który/, który
|
Do ???
|
By czynić/rób
|
—
|
Naród [zobacz etniczny]
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By umieszczać leżał, niech kładzie, niech umieszcza, umieszczaj, stawiaj
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By uważać
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Arcykapłan
|
z powodu (z biernikiem), przez / za pośrednictwem (z dopełniaczem); δι’ – przyimek używany przed samogłoskami; znaczenie „przez” (z dopełniaczem) może w praktyce wyrażać także przyczynę, czyli „z powodu” (z biernikiem)
|
—
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_35
|
kai\
|
ei)=den
|
o(
|
lao\s
|
tE\n
|
pi/stin
|
tou=
|
*simOnos
|
kai\
|
tE\n
|
do/Xan,
|
E(\n
|
e)bouleu/sato
|
poiE=sai
|
tO=|
|
e)/Tnei
|
au)tou=,
|
kai\
|
e)/Tento
|
au)to\n
|
E(gou/menon
|
au)tO=n
|
kai\
|
a)rCHiere/a
|
dia\
|
to\
|
au)to\n
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_35
|
kai
|
eiden
|
ho
|
laos
|
tEn
|
pistin
|
tu
|
simOnos
|
kai
|
tEn
|
doXan,
|
hEn
|
ebuleusato
|
poiEsai
|
tO
|
eTnei
|
autu,
|
kai
|
eTento
|
auton
|
hEgumenon
|
autOn
|
kai
|
arCHierea
|
dia
|
to
|
auton
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_35
|
C
|
VBI_AAI3S
|
RA_NSM
|
N2_NSM
|
RA_ASF
|
N3I_ASF
|
RA_GSM
|
N3N_GSM
|
C
|
RA_ASF
|
N1S_ASF
|
RR_ASF
|
VAI_AMI3S
|
VA_AAN
|
RA_DSN
|
N3E_DSN
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VEI_AMI3P
|
RD_ASM
|
V2_PMPASM
|
RD_GPM
|
C
|
N3V_ASM
|
P
|
RA_ASN
|
RD_ASM
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_35
|
and also, even, namely
|
to see of mental sight,discern, perceive, To see, look, behold, future; aorist passive for βλεπω: ἑώρακα was used in later Gr., PPetr.2p.55 (iii B. C.), SIG685.74 (ii B. C.),
|
the
|
people
|
the
|
faith(fulness)
|
the
|
Simon
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
glory/awesomeness; to expect to seem, to please, to seem good to
|
who/whom/which
|
to ???
|
to do/make
|
the
|
nation [see ethnic]
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to place lay, put, set, situate, station
|
he/she/it/same
|
to deem
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
archpriest
|
because of (+acc), through (+gen) δι’ before vowels. "through" (+gen). The use of this "through" can carry a sense of "because of" (+acc)
|
the
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_35
|
and
|
he/she/it-SEE-ed
|
the (nom)
|
people (nom)
|
the (acc)
|
faith(fulness) (acc)
|
the (gen)
|
Simon (gen)
|
and
|
the (acc)
|
glory/awesomeness (acc); upon GLORY-ing (nom|acc|voc)
|
who/whom/which (acc)
|
he/she/it-was-???-ed
|
to-DO/MAKE, be-you(sg)-DO/MAKE-ed!, he/she/it-happens-to-DO/MAKE (opt)
|
the (dat)
|
nation (dat)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
they-were-PLACE-ed
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
while being-DEEM-ed (acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
them/same (gen)
|
and
|
archpriest (acc)
|
because of (+acc), through (+gen)
|
the (nom|acc)
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_35
|
1Mch_14:35_1
|
1Mch_14:35_2
|
1Mch_14:35_3
|
1Mch_14:35_4
|
1Mch_14:35_5
|
1Mch_14:35_6
|
1Mch_14:35_7
|
1Mch_14:35_8
|
1Mch_14:35_9
|
1Mch_14:35_10
|
1Mch_14:35_11
|
1Mch_14:35_12
|
1Mch_14:35_13
|
1Mch_14:35_14
|
1Mch_14:35_15
|
1Mch_14:35_16
|
1Mch_14:35_17
|
1Mch_14:35_18
|
1Mch_14:35_19
|
1Mch_14:35_20
|
1Mch_14:35_21
|
1Mch_14:35_22
|
1Mch_14:35_23
|
1Mch_14:35_24
|
1Mch_14:35_25
|
1Mch_14:35_26
|
1Mch_14:35_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_36
|
καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ εὐοδώθη ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐξαρθῆναι τὰ ἔθνη ἐκ τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει Δαυιδ τοὺς ἐν Ιερουσαλημ, οἳ ἐποίησαν αὑτοῖς ἄκραν, ἐξ ἧς ἐξεπορεύοντο καὶ ἐμίαινον κύκλῳ τῶν ἁγίων καὶ ἐποίουν πληγὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῇ ἁγνείᾳ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_36
|
For in his time thingsprospered in his hands, so that the heathen were taken out of their country, and they also that were in the city of David in Jerusalem, who had made themselves a tower, out of which they issued, and polluted all about the sanctuary, and did much hurt in the holy place: (1 Maccabees 14:36 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_36
|
Za jego życia i przez jego ręce udało się wypędzić pogan z ich kraju i tych, którzy przebywali w Mieście Dawidowym w Jerozolimie. Wybudowali oni bowiem sobie zamek, a z niego robili wypady, świątynię wokoło bezcześcili, a przez to bardzo uwłaczali jej czystości. (1 Mch 14:36 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_36
|
καὶ
|
ἐν
|
ταῖς
|
ἡμέραις
|
αὐτοῦ
|
εὐοδώθη
|
ἐν
|
ταῖς
|
χερσὶν
|
αὐτοῦ
|
τοῦ
|
ἐξαρθῆναι
|
τὰ
|
ἔθνη
|
ἐκ
|
τῆς
|
χώρας
|
αὐτῶν
|
καὶ
|
τοὺς
|
ἐν
|
τῇ
|
πόλει
|
Δαυιδ
|
τοὺς
|
ἐν
|
Ιερουσαλημ,
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_36
|
καί
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἡμέρα, -ας -ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
εὐ·οδόω (ευ+οδ(ο)-/ευοδ(ο)-, ευ+οδω·σ-, ευ+οδω·σ-/ευοδω·σ-, ευοδω·κ-, -, ευ+οδω·θ-/ευοδω·θ-)
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χείρ, χειρός, ἡ, dat. pl. χερσίν
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐξ·αίρω (εξ+αιρ-, εξ+αρ(ε)·[σ]-, εξ+αρ·[σ]- or 2nd εξ+αρ-, -, εξ+ηρ-, εξ+αρ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔθνο·ς, -ους, τό, voc. pl. ἔθνη
|
ἐκ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πόλις, -εως, ἡ
|
Δαυίδ v.l. Δαβίδ, ὁ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἐν
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα, -ων, τά and -ας, ἡ and Ἰερουσαλήμ v.l. Ἱ-, ἡ indecl.
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_36
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Dzień
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By prosperować dosłownie: By mieć dobra podróż; symbolicznie: By prosperować, by doznawać powodzenia
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Ręka
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
—
|
By usuwać
|
—
|
Naród [zobacz etniczny]
|
Z (+informacja) ?? Przed samogłoskami
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Miasto
|
David
|
—
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
Jerozolima [miasto z]
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_36
|
kai\
|
e)n
|
tai=s
|
E(me/rais
|
au)tou=
|
eu)odO/TE
|
e)n
|
tai=s
|
CHersi\n
|
au)tou=
|
tou=
|
e)XarTE=nai
|
ta\
|
e)/TnE
|
e)k
|
tE=s
|
CHO/ras
|
au)tO=n
|
kai\
|
tou\s
|
e)n
|
tE=|
|
po/lei
|
*dauid
|
tou\s
|
e)n
|
*ierousalEm,
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_36
|
kai
|
en
|
tais
|
hEmerais
|
autu
|
euodOTE
|
en
|
tais
|
CHersin
|
autu
|
tu
|
eXarTEnai
|
ta
|
eTnE
|
ek
|
tEs
|
CHOras
|
autOn
|
kai
|
tus
|
en
|
tE
|
polei
|
dauid
|
tus
|
en
|
ierusalEm,
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_36
|
C
|
P
|
RA_DPF
|
N1A_DPF
|
RD_GSM
|
VC_API3S
|
P
|
RA_DPF
|
N3_DPF
|
RD_GSM
|
RA_GSN
|
VC_APN
|
RA_APN
|
N3E_APN
|
P
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
RD_GPN
|
C
|
RA_APM
|
P
|
RA_DSF
|
N3I_DSF
|
N_GSM
|
RA_APM
|
P
|
N_DSF
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_36
|
and also, even, namely
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
day
|
he/she/it/same
|
to prosper literally: tohave a good journey; metaphorically: to prosper, to succeed
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
hand
|
he/she/it/same
|
the
|
to remove
|
the
|
nation [see ethnic]
|
out of (+gen) ἐξ beforevowels
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
city
|
David
|
the
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
Jerusalem [city of]
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_36
|
and
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
days (dat)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
he/she/it-was-PROSPER-ed
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
hands (dat)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
the (gen)
|
to-be-REMOVE-ed
|
the (nom|acc)
|
nations (nom|acc|voc)
|
out of (+gen)
|
the (gen)
|
region (gen), regions (acc)
|
them/same (gen)
|
and
|
the (acc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
city (dat)
|
David (indecl)
|
the (acc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
Jerusalem (indecl)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_36
|
1Mch_14:36_1
|
1Mch_14:36_2
|
1Mch_14:36_3
|
1Mch_14:36_4
|
1Mch_14:36_5
|
1Mch_14:36_6
|
1Mch_14:36_7
|
1Mch_14:36_8
|
1Mch_14:36_9
|
1Mch_14:36_10
|
1Mch_14:36_11
|
1Mch_14:36_12
|
1Mch_14:36_13
|
1Mch_14:36_14
|
1Mch_14:36_15
|
1Mch_14:36_16
|
1Mch_14:36_17
|
1Mch_14:36_18
|
1Mch_14:36_19
|
1Mch_14:36_20
|
1Mch_14:36_21
|
1Mch_14:36_22
|
1Mch_14:36_23
|
1Mch_14:36_24
|
1Mch_14:36_25
|
1Mch_14:36_26
|
1Mch_14:36_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_37
|
καὶ κατῴκισεν ἐν αὐτῇ ἄνδρας Ιουδαίους καὶ ὠχύρωσεν αὐτὴν πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν τῆς χώρας καὶ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ὕψωσεν τὰ τείχη τῆς Ιερουσαλημ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_37
|
But he placed Jews therein. and fortified it for the safety of the country and the city, and raised up the walls of Jerusalem. (1 Maccabees 14:37 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_37
|
Osadził w nim żydowskich żołnierzy i wzmocnił go jeszcze, aby był obroną dla kraju i dla miasta. Ponadto podwyższył mury Jerozolimy. (1 Mch 14:37 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_37
|
καὶ
|
κατῴκισεν
|
ἐν
|
αὐτῇ
|
ἄνδρας
|
Ιουδαίους
|
καὶ
|
ὠχύρωσεν
|
αὐτὴν
|
πρὸς
|
ἀσφάλειαν
|
τῆς
|
χώρας
|
καὶ
|
τῆς
|
πόλεως
|
καὶ
|
ὕψωσεν
|
τὰ
|
τείχη
|
τῆς
|
Ιερουσαλημ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_37
|
καί
|
κατ·οικίζω (κατ+οικιζ-, κατ+οικι(ε)·[σ]-, κατ+οικι·σ-, -, κατ+ῳκισ-, κατ+οικισ·θ-)
|
ἐν
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, voc. sg. ἄνερ
|
Ἰουδαῖος -αία -ον
|
καί
|
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
πρός
|
ἀ·σφάλεια, -ας, ἡ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
πόλις, -εως, ἡ
|
καί
|
ὑψόω (υψ(ο)-, υψω·σ-, υψω·σ-, -, υψω-, υψω·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
τεῖχο·ς, -ους, τό, gen. pl. -ῶν and -έων
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα, -ων, τά and -ας, ἡ and Ἰερουσαλήμ v.l. Ἱ-, ἡ indecl.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_37
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By osiedlać
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Człowiek, mąż Zwykle "człowiek", jak odmienny od kobiety, zwierzę, bóg, itd.; czasami, "mąż".
|
Żydowski
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Bliski (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat)
|
Bezpieczeństwo
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Miasto
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By podnosić/ustalony wysoko
|
—
|
Ściana
|
—
|
Jerozolima [miasto z]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_37
|
kai\
|
katO/|kisen
|
e)n
|
au)tE=|
|
a)/ndras
|
*ioudai/ous
|
kai\
|
O)CHu/rOsen
|
au)tE\n
|
pro\s
|
a)sfa/leian
|
tE=s
|
CHO/ras
|
kai\
|
tE=s
|
po/leOs
|
kai\
|
u(/PSOsen
|
ta\
|
tei/CHE
|
tE=s
|
*ierousalEm.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_37
|
kai
|
katOkisen
|
en
|
autE
|
andras
|
iudaius
|
kai
|
OCHyrOsen
|
autEn
|
pros
|
asfaleian
|
tEs
|
CHOras
|
kai
|
tEs
|
poleOs
|
kai
|
hyPSOsen
|
ta
|
teiCHE
|
tEs
|
ierusalEm.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_37
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
P
|
RD_DSF
|
N3_APM
|
N2_APM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RD_ASF
|
P
|
N1A_ASF
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
C
|
RA_GSF
|
N3I_GSF
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RA_APN
|
N3E_APN
|
RA_GSF
|
N_GSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_37
|
and also, even, namely
|
to domicile
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
he/she/it/same
|
man, husband Usually "man", as distinct from woman, beast, god, etc.; sometimes, "husband".
|
Jewish
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
he/she/it/same
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
security
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
city
|
and also, even, namely
|
to elevate/set high
|
the
|
wall
|
the
|
Jerusalem [city of]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_37
|
and
|
he/she/it-DOMICILE-ed
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
her/it/same (dat)
|
men, husbands (acc)
|
Jewish ([Adj] acc)
|
and
|
|
her/it/same (acc)
|
toward (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
security (acc)
|
the (gen)
|
region (gen), regions (acc)
|
and
|
the (gen)
|
city (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-ELEVATE/SET-ed-HIGH
|
the (nom|acc)
|
walls (nom|acc|voc)
|
the (gen)
|
Jerusalem (indecl)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_37
|
1Mch_14:37_1
|
1Mch_14:37_2
|
1Mch_14:37_3
|
1Mch_14:37_4
|
1Mch_14:37_5
|
1Mch_14:37_6
|
1Mch_14:37_7
|
1Mch_14:37_8
|
1Mch_14:37_9
|
1Mch_14:37_10
|
1Mch_14:37_11
|
1Mch_14:37_12
|
1Mch_14:37_13
|
1Mch_14:37_14
|
1Mch_14:37_15
|
1Mch_14:37_16
|
1Mch_14:37_17
|
1Mch_14:37_18
|
1Mch_14:37_19
|
1Mch_14:37_20
|
1Mch_14:37_21
|
1Mch_14:37_22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_38
|
καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Δημήτριος ἔστησεν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην κατὰ ταῦτα
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_38
|
King Demetrius also confirmed him in the high priesthood according to those things, (1 Maccabees 14:38 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_38
|
Tak samo król Demetriusz w nagrodę za to potwierdził mu stanowisko arcykapłana, (1 Mch 14:38 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_38
|
καὶ
|
ὁ
|
βασιλεὺς
|
Δημήτριος
|
ἔστησεν
|
αὐτῷ
|
τὴν
|
ἀρχιερωσύνην
|
κατὰ
|
ταῦτα
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_38
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
Δημήτριος, -ου, ὁ
|
ἵστημι (ath. ιστ(α)-/ath. ιστ(η)-, στη·σ-, στη·σ- or 2nd ath. στ(η)-/ath. στ(α)-, εστη·κ-/εστα·κ-/εστ(α)·[κ]-, εστη-/εστα-, στα·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
κατά
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_38
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Król
|
Demetriusz
|
By powodować stać
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
—
|
—
|
w dół, według, zgodnie z, na miarę (z biernikiem), przeciw, przeciwko (z dopełniaczem); κατ’ / καθ’ – przyimek oznaczający kierunek lub normę („według, zgodnie z”), a także sprzeciw („przeciw”); forma κατ’ występuje przed samogłoską z przydechem słabym, a καθ’ przed samogłoską z przydechem mocnym
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_38
|
kai\
|
o(
|
basileu\s
|
*dEmE/trios
|
e)/stEsen
|
au)tO=|
|
tE\n
|
a)rCHierOsu/nEn
|
kata\
|
tau=ta
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_38
|
kai
|
ho
|
basileus
|
dEmEtrios
|
estEsen
|
autO
|
tEn
|
arCHierOsynEn
|
kata
|
tauta
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_38
|
C
|
RA_NSM
|
N3V_NSM
|
N2_NSM
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RD_DSM
|
RA_ASF
|
N1_ASF
|
P
|
RD_APN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_38
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
king
|
Demetrius
|
to cause to stand
|
he/she/it/same
|
the
|
ć
|
down/according to/asper (+acc), against (+gen) κατ’ before smooth breathing, καθ’ before rough breathing
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_38
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
king (nom)
|
Demetrius (nom)
|
he/she/it-CAUSE-ed-TO-STand
|
him/it/same (dat)
|
the (acc)
|
|
down/according to/as per (+acc), against (+gen)
|
these (nom|acc)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_38
|
1Mch_14:38_1
|
1Mch_14:38_2
|
1Mch_14:38_3
|
1Mch_14:38_4
|
1Mch_14:38_5
|
1Mch_14:38_6
|
1Mch_14:38_7
|
1Mch_14:38_8
|
1Mch_14:38_9
|
1Mch_14:38_10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_39
|
καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐδόξασεν αὐτὸν δόξῃ μεγάλῃ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_39
|
And made him one ofhis friends, and honoured him with great honour. (1 Maccabees 14:39 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_39
|
zamianował go jednym ze swoich przyjaciół i uczcił go wielkim odznaczeniem. (1 Mch 14:39 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_39
|
καὶ
|
ἐποίησεν
|
αὐτὸν
|
τῶν
|
φίλων
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
ἐδόξασεν
|
αὐτὸν
|
δόξῃ
|
μεγάλῃ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_39
|
καί
|
ποιέω (ποι(ε)-, ποιη·σ-, ποιη·σ-, πεποιη·κ-, πεποιη-, ποιη·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
φίλος -η -ον; φιλέω (φιλ(ε)-, φιλη·σ-, φιλη·σ-, πεφιλη·κ-, -, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
δοξάζω (δοξαζ-, δοξα·σ-, δοξα·σ-, -, δεδοξασ-, δοξασ·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
δόξα, -ης, ἡ; δοκέω (δοκ(ε)-, δοξ-, δοξ-, -, δεδοκ-, -)
|
μέγ[αλ]ας μεγάλη μέγ[αλ]α
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_39
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By czynić/rób
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
—
|
Przyjaciela towarzysz; by całować całus, wargę, stykać się
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By chwalić/wychwalaj/chwałę
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Sławy/wzbudzanie grozy; by oczekiwać zdawać się, do proszę, by zdawać się dobrym do
|
Wielki
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_39
|
kai\
|
e)poi/Esen
|
au)to\n
|
tO=n
|
fi/lOn
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
e)do/Xasen
|
au)to\n
|
do/XE|
|
mega/lE|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_39
|
kai
|
epoiEsen
|
auton
|
tOn
|
filOn
|
autu
|
kai
|
edoXasen
|
auton
|
doXE
|
megalE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_39
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RD_ASM
|
RA_GPM
|
A1_GPM
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
RD_ASM
|
N1S_DSF
|
A1_DSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_39
|
and also, even, namely
|
to do/make
|
he/she/it/same
|
the
|
friend companion; to kiss buss, lip, osculate
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
to glorify/extol/praise
|
he/she/it/same
|
glory/awesomeness; to expect to seem, to please, to seem good to
|
great
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_39
|
and
|
he/she/it-DO/MAKE-ed
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
the (gen)
|
friend ([Adj] gen); while KISS-ing (nom)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
he/she/it-GLORIFY/EXTOL/PRAISE-ed
|
him/it/same (acc)
|
glory/awesomeness (dat); you(sg)-will-be-GLORY-ed, he/she/it-should-GLORY, you(sg)-should-be-GLORY-ed
|
great ([Adj] dat)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_39
|
1Mch_14:39_1
|
1Mch_14:39_2
|
1Mch_14:39_3
|
1Mch_14:39_4
|
1Mch_14:39_5
|
1Mch_14:39_6
|
1Mch_14:39_7
|
1Mch_14:39_8
|
1Mch_14:39_9
|
1Mch_14:39_10
|
1Mch_14:39_11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_40
|
ἤκουσεν γὰρ ὅτι προσηγόρευνται οἱ Ιουδαῖοι ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι καὶ ἀδελφοί, καὶ ὅτι ἀπήντησαν τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς Σιμωνος ἐνδόξως,
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_40
|
For he had heard say,that the Romans had called the Jews their friends and confederates and brethren; and that they had entertained the ambassadors of Simon honourably; (1 Maccabees 14:40 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_40
|
Dowiedział się bowiem, że Rzymianie nazywają Żydów przyjaciółmi, sprzymierzeńcami i braćmi, i że posłów Szymona przyjęli z honorami, (1 Mch 14:40 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_40
|
ἤκουσεν
|
γὰρ
|
ὅτι
|
προσηγόρευνται
|
οἱ
|
Ιουδαῖοι
|
ὑπὸ
|
Ῥωμαίων
|
φίλοι
|
καὶ
|
σύμμαχοι
|
καὶ
|
ἀδελφοί,
|
καὶ
|
ὅτι
|
ἀπήντησαν
|
τοῖς
|
πρεσβευταῖς
|
Σιμωνος
|
ἐνδόξως,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_40
|
ἀκούω (ακου-, ακου·σ-, ακου·σ-, ακηκο·[κ]-, ηκουσ-, ακουσ·θ-)
|
γάρ
|
ὅτι
|
προσ·αγορεύω (προσ+αγορευ-, προσ+αγορευ·σ-, προσ+αγορευ·σ-, -, προσ+ηγορευ-, προσ+αγορευ·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Ἰουδαῖος -αία -ον
|
ὑπό
|
Ῥωμαῖος -α -ον
|
φίλος -η -ον; φιλέω (φιλ(ε)-, φιλη·σ-, φιλη·σ-, πεφιλη·κ-, -, -)
|
καί
|
|
καί
|
ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ, voc. pl. ἀδελφοί
|
καί
|
ὅτι
|
ἀπ·αντάω (απ+αντ(α)-, απ+αντη·σ-, απ+αντη·σ-, απ+ηντη·κ-, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_40
|
By słyszeć
|
Dla odtąd, jak
|
Ponieważ/tamto
|
By mianować {By desygnować} (adres, witają jak tak)
|
—
|
Żydowski
|
Poniżej (+przyspieszenie), obok (+informacja) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
Rzymski
|
Przyjaciela towarzysz; by całować całus, wargę, stykać się
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Brat
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Ponieważ/tamto
|
By spotykać
|
—
|
—
|
Simon
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_40
|
E)/kousen
|
ga\r
|
o(/ti
|
prosEgo/reuntai
|
oi(
|
*ioudai=oi
|
u(po\
|
*(rOmai/On
|
fi/loi
|
kai\
|
su/mmaCHoi
|
kai\
|
a)delfoi/,
|
kai\
|
o(/ti
|
a)pE/ntEsan
|
toi=s
|
presbeutai=s
|
*simOnos
|
e)ndo/XOs,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_40
|
Ekusen
|
gar
|
hoti
|
prosEgoreuntai
|
hoi
|
iudaioi
|
hypo
|
rOmaiOn
|
filoi
|
kai
|
symmaCHoi
|
kai
|
adelfoi,
|
kai
|
hoti
|
apEntEsan
|
tois
|
presbeutais
|
simOnos
|
endoXOs,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_40
|
VAI_AAI3S
|
x
|
C
|
VM_XPI3P
|
RA_NPM
|
N2_NPM
|
P
|
N_GPM
|
A1_NPM
|
C
|
N2_NPM
|
C
|
N2_NPM
|
C
|
C
|
VAI_AAI3P
|
RA_DPM
|
N1M_DPM
|
N3N_GSM
|
D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_40
|
to hear
|
for since, as
|
because/that
|
to designate (address,greet as so)
|
the
|
Jewish
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)ὑπ’ before smooth breathing, ὑφ’ before rough breathing
|
Roman
|
friend companion; to kiss buss, lip, osculate
|
and also, even, namely
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
brother
|
and also, even, namely
|
because/that
|
to encounter
|
the
|
ć
|
Simon
|
ć
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_40
|
he/she/it-HEAR-ed
|
for
|
because/that
|
they-have-been-DESIGNATE-ed
|
the (nom)
|
Jewish ([Adj] nom|voc)
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)
|
Roman ([Adj] gen)
|
friend ([Adj] nom|voc); he/she/it-happens-to-be-KISS-ing (opt)
|
and
|
|
and
|
brothers (nom|voc)
|
and
|
because/that
|
they-ENCOUNTER-ed
|
the (dat)
|
|
Simon (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_40
|
1Mch_14:40_1
|
1Mch_14:40_2
|
1Mch_14:40_3
|
1Mch_14:40_4
|
1Mch_14:40_5
|
1Mch_14:40_6
|
1Mch_14:40_7
|
1Mch_14:40_8
|
1Mch_14:40_9
|
1Mch_14:40_10
|
1Mch_14:40_11
|
1Mch_14:40_12
|
1Mch_14:40_13
|
1Mch_14:40_14
|
1Mch_14:40_15
|
1Mch_14:40_16
|
1Mch_14:40_17
|
1Mch_14:40_18
|
1Mch_14:40_19
|
1Mch_14:40_20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_41
|
καὶ ὅτι οἱ Ιουδαῖοι καὶοἱ ἱερεῖς εὐδόκησαν τοῦ εἶναι αὐτῶν Σιμωνα ἡγούμενον καὶ ἀρχιερέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἕως τοῦ ἀναστῆναι προφήτην πιστὸν
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_41
|
Also that the Jews and priests were well pleased that Simon should be their governor and high priest for ever, until there should arise a faithful prophet; (1 Maccabees 14:41 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_41
|
że Żydzi i kapłani postanowili, iż Szymon będzie ich władcą i arcykapłanem na wieki, tak długo, aż powstanie wiarygodny prorok, (1 Mch 14:41 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_41
|
καὶ
|
ὅτι
|
οἱ
|
Ιουδαῖοι
|
καὶ
|
οἱ
|
ἱερεῖς
|
εὐδόκησαν
|
τοῦ
|
εἶναι
|
αὐτῶν
|
Σιμωνα
|
ἡγούμενον
|
καὶ
|
ἀρχιερέα
|
εἰς
|
τὸν
|
αἰῶνα
|
ἕως
|
τοῦ
|
ἀναστῆναι
|
προφήτην
|
πιστὸν
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_41
|
καί
|
ὅτι
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Ἰουδαῖος -αία -ον
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
εὐ·δοκέω (ευδοκ(ε)-, ευδοκη·σ-, ευδοκη·σ-, -, -, ευδοκη·θ-)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
εἰμί[1] (ath. (εσ)-/(εσ)-, εσ·[σ]-, -, -, -, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
ἡγέομαι (ηγ(ε)-, -, ηγη·σ-, -, ηγη-, -)
|
καί
|
ἀρχ·ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
εἰς[1]
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
αἰών, -ῶνος, ὁ
|
ἕως[1]; ἕως[2], -ω, ἡ [LXX], acc. -ω
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἀν·ίστημι (ath. αν+ιστ(α)-/ath. αν+ιστ(η)-, ανα+στη·σ-, ανα+στη·σ- or 2nd ath. ανα+στ(η)-/ath. ανα+στ(α)-, ανα+εστη·κ-/ανα+εστα·κ-, -, ανα+στα·θ-)
|
προφήτης, -ου, ὁ
|
πιστός -ή -όν
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_41
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Ponieważ/tamto
|
—
|
Żydowski
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Duchowny
|
By myśleć dobrze ?? Dobrze ????? Myślę; myślę dobrze albo wydaje mi się
|
—
|
By być
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Simon
|
By uważać
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Arcykapłan
|
Do (+przyspieszenie)
|
—
|
Eon w pl., ??? ???? ?????? Na zawsze
|
Aż; świtaj
|
—
|
By stawać niech lokuje się, podnoś, powstawaj z martwych
|
Prorok
|
Wierny trusthworthy
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_41
|
kai\
|
o(/ti
|
oi(
|
*ioudai=oi
|
kai\
|
oi(
|
i(erei=s
|
eu)do/kEsan
|
tou=
|
ei)=nai
|
au)tO=n
|
*simOna
|
E(gou/menon
|
kai\
|
a)rCHiere/a
|
ei)s
|
to\n
|
ai)O=na
|
e(/Os
|
tou=
|
a)nastE=nai
|
profE/tEn
|
pisto\n
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_41
|
kai
|
hoti
|
hoi
|
iudaioi
|
kai
|
hoi
|
hiereis
|
eudokEsan
|
tu
|
einai
|
autOn
|
simOna
|
hEgumenon
|
kai
|
arCHierea
|
eis
|
ton
|
aiOna
|
heOs
|
tu
|
anastEnai
|
profEtEn
|
piston
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_41
|
C
|
C
|
RA_NPM
|
N2_NPM
|
C
|
RA_NPM
|
N3V_NPM
|
VA_AAI3P
|
RA_GSN
|
V9_PAN
|
RD_GPM
|
N3N_ASM
|
V2_PMPASM
|
C
|
N3V_ASM
|
P
|
RA_ASM
|
N3W_ASM
|
D
|
RA_GSN
|
VH_AAN
|
N1M_ASM
|
A1_ASM
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_41
|
and also, even, namely
|
because/that
|
the
|
Jewish
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
priest
|
to think well εὖ well δοκέω I think; I think well or methinks
|
the
|
to be
|
he/she/it/same
|
Simon
|
to deem
|
and also, even, namely
|
archpriest
|
into (+acc)
|
the
|
eon in pl., εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας for ever
|
until; dawn
|
the
|
to stand up put up, raise, resurrect
|
prophet
|
faithful trusthworthy
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_41
|
and
|
because/that
|
the (nom)
|
Jewish ([Adj] nom|voc)
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
priests (acc, nom|voc)
|
they-THINK-ed-WELL, upon THINK-ing-WELL (nom|acc|voc)
|
the (gen)
|
to-be
|
them/same (gen)
|
Simon (acc)
|
while being-DEEM-ed (acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
and
|
archpriest (acc)
|
into (+acc)
|
the (acc)
|
eon (acc)
|
until; dawn (nom|voc), dawns (acc)
|
the (gen)
|
to-STand-UP
|
prophet (acc)
|
faithful ([Adj] acc, nom|acc|voc)
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_41
|
1Mch_14:41_1
|
1Mch_14:41_2
|
1Mch_14:41_3
|
1Mch_14:41_4
|
1Mch_14:41_5
|
1Mch_14:41_6
|
1Mch_14:41_7
|
1Mch_14:41_8
|
1Mch_14:41_9
|
1Mch_14:41_10
|
1Mch_14:41_11
|
1Mch_14:41_12
|
1Mch_14:41_13
|
1Mch_14:41_14
|
1Mch_14:41_15
|
1Mch_14:41_16
|
1Mch_14:41_17
|
1Mch_14:41_18
|
1Mch_14:41_19
|
1Mch_14:41_20
|
1Mch_14:41_21
|
1Mch_14:41_22
|
1Mch_14:41_23
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_42
|
καὶ τοῦ εἶναι ἐπ’ αὐτῶν στρατηγόν, καὶ ὅπως μέλῃ αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν ἁγίων καθιστάναι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς χώρας καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀχυρωμάτων,
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_42
|
Moreover that he should be their captain, and should take charge of the sanctuary, to set them over their works, and over the country, and over the armour, and over the fortresses, that, I say, he should take charge of the sanctuary; (1 Maccabees 14:42 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_42
|
że będzie ich wodzem; że on będzie się troszczył o świątynię i wyznaczał urzędników, czuwających nad ich robotami publicznymi, nad krajem, wojskiem i twierdzami; (1 Mch 14:42 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_42
|
καὶ
|
τοῦ
|
εἶναι
|
ἐπ’
|
αὐτῶν
|
στρατηγόν,
|
καὶ
|
ὅπως
|
μέλῃ
|
αὐτῷ
|
περὶ
|
τῶν
|
ἁγίων
|
καθιστάναι
|
δι’
|
αὐτοῦ
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῶν
|
ἔργων
|
αὐτῶν
|
καὶ
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῆς
|
χώρας
|
καὶ
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῶν
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_42
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
εἰμί[1] (ath. (εσ)-/(εσ)-, εσ·[σ]-, -, -, -, -)
|
ἐπί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
στρατ·ηγός, -οῦ, ὁ (cf. στρατιά)
|
καί
|
ὅπως
|
μέλω a.k.a. μέλει (μελ-, -, -, -, -, -); μέλομαι (μελ-, -, -, -, -, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
περί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἅγιος -α -ον (cf. ὅσιος and ἱερός)
|
καθ·ίστημι (ath. καθ+ιστ(α)-/ath. καθ+ιστ(η)-, κατα+στη·σ-, κατα+στη·σ- or 2nd ath. κατα+στ(η)-/ath. κατα+στ(α)-, καθ+εστη·κ-/καθ+εστα·κ-/καθ+εστ(α)·[κ]-, καθ+εστα-, κατα+στα·θ-)
|
διά
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἔργον, -ου, τό
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
καί
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_42
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
By być
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
stategist
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Tak , które – powodujące tamto (które powody), zamierzające , że, przyczyna będąca tamto (tak tamto), albo cel tego jest tamto (to zdarza się tak tamto). Tryb łączący , który podąża za tym słowem jest: Mógłby.
|
By znaczyć troszczyć się dookoła; by znaczyć kłopotać się, średnią/stronę bierną z µ???, by być przedmiot opieki, dotyczyć
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Dookoła (+przyspieszenie,+informacja)
|
—
|
Oddany {Dedykowany}/boży - w/pod odmiennym funkcji/używaniem (w/pod poświęceniem {dedykacją}, oddany {dedykowany}, skazywany, boży)
|
By umożliwiać leżał, oddawaj owdowiały
|
z powodu (z biernikiem), przez / za pośrednictwem (z dopełniaczem); δι’ – przyimek używany przed samogłoskami; znaczenie „przez” (z dopełniaczem) może w praktyce wyrażać także przyczynę, czyli „z powodu” (z biernikiem)
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Praca
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_42
|
kai\
|
tou=
|
ei)=nai
|
e)p’
|
au)tO=n
|
stratEgo/n,
|
kai\
|
o(/pOs
|
me/lE|
|
au)tO=|
|
peri\
|
tO=n
|
a(gi/On
|
kaTista/nai
|
di’
|
au)tou=
|
e)pi\
|
tO=n
|
e)/rgOn
|
au)tO=n
|
kai\
|
e)pi\
|
tE=s
|
CHO/ras
|
kai\
|
e)pi\
|
tO=n
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_42
|
kai
|
tu
|
einai
|
ep’
|
autOn
|
stratEgon,
|
kai
|
hopOs
|
melE
|
autO
|
peri
|
tOn
|
hagiOn
|
kaTistanai
|
di’
|
autu
|
epi
|
tOn
|
ergOn
|
autOn
|
kai
|
epi
|
tEs
|
CHOras
|
kai
|
epi
|
tOn
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_42
|
C
|
RA_GSN
|
V9_PAN
|
P
|
RD_GPM
|
N2_ASM
|
C
|
C
|
V1_PAS3S
|
RD_DSM
|
P
|
RA_GPM
|
A1A_GPM
|
V6_PAN
|
P
|
RD_GSM
|
P
|
RA_GPN
|
N2N_GPN
|
RD_GPM
|
C
|
P
|
RA_GSF
|
N1A_GSF
|
C
|
P
|
RA_GPN
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_42
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
to be
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
he/she/it/same
|
stategist
|
and also, even, namely
|
so that – causing that (which causes), intending that, the reason being that (so that), or the purpose of this is that (this occurs so that). The subjunctive that comes after this word is: could.
|
to matter to care about; to matter to concern oneself, middle/passive of μέλω, to be an object of care, concern
|
he/she/it/same
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
the
|
dedicated/divine - in/under a distinct function/usage (in/under dedication, dedicated, doomed, divine)
|
to enable lay, render widowed
|
because of (+acc), through (+gen) δι’ before vowels. "through" (+gen). The use of this "through" can carry a sense of "because of" (+acc)
|
he/she/it/same
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
work
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
and also, even, namely
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_42
|
and
|
the (gen)
|
to-be
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
them/same (gen)
|
stategist (acc)
|
and
|
this is how
|
he/she/it-should-be-MATTER-ing-TO; you(sg)-are-being-MATTER-ed-TO, you(sg)-should-be-being-MATTER-ed-TO
|
him/it/same (dat)
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
the (gen)
|
holy ([Adj] gen)
|
to-be-ENABLE-ing
|
because of (+acc), through (+gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (gen)
|
works (gen)
|
them/same (gen)
|
and
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (gen)
|
region (gen), regions (acc)
|
and
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (gen)
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_42
|
1Mch_14:42_1
|
1Mch_14:42_2
|
1Mch_14:42_3
|
1Mch_14:42_4
|
1Mch_14:42_5
|
1Mch_14:42_6
|
1Mch_14:42_7
|
1Mch_14:42_8
|
1Mch_14:42_9
|
1Mch_14:42_10
|
1Mch_14:42_11
|
1Mch_14:42_12
|
1Mch_14:42_13
|
1Mch_14:42_14
|
1Mch_14:42_15
|
1Mch_14:42_16
|
1Mch_14:42_17
|
1Mch_14:42_18
|
1Mch_14:42_19
|
1Mch_14:42_20
|
1Mch_14:42_21
|
1Mch_14:42_22
|
1Mch_14:42_23
|
1Mch_14:42_24
|
1Mch_14:42_25
|
1Mch_14:42_26
|
1Mch_14:42_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_43
|
καὶ ὅπως μέλῃ αὐτῷπερὶ τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ ὅπως ἀκούηται ὑπὸ πάντων, καὶ ὅπως γράφωνται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι συγγραφαὶ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ, καὶ ὅπως περιβάλληται πορφύραν καὶ χρυσοφορῇ·
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_43
|
Beside this, that he should be obeyed of every man, and that all the writings in the country should be made in his name, and that he should be clothed in purple, and wear gold: (1 Maccabees 14:43 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_43
|
że będzie się troszczył o świętości; że wszyscy mu będą posłuszni; że jego imieniem będą znaczone wszystkie umowy spisywane w kraju, i że będzie się ubierał w purpurę i złoto. (1 Mch 14:43 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_43
|
καὶ
|
ὅπως
|
μέλῃ
|
αὐτῷ
|
περὶ
|
τῶν
|
ἁγίων,
|
καὶ
|
ὅπως
|
ἀκούηται
|
ὑπὸ
|
πάντων,
|
καὶ
|
ὅπως
|
γράφωνται
|
ἐπὶ
|
τῷ
|
ὀνόματι
|
αὐτοῦ
|
πᾶσαι
|
συγγραφαὶ
|
ἐν
|
τῇ
|
χώρᾳ,
|
καὶ
|
ὅπως
|
περιβάλληται
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_43
|
καί
|
ὅπως
|
μέλω a.k.a. μέλει (μελ-, -, -, -, -, -); μέλομαι (μελ-, -, -, -, -, -)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
περί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἅγιος -α -ον (cf. ὅσιος and ἱερός)
|
καί
|
ὅπως
|
ἀκούω (ακου-, ακου·σ-, ακου·σ-, ακηκο·[κ]-, ηκουσ-, ακουσ·θ-)
|
ὑπό
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός
|
καί
|
ὅπως
|
γράφω (γραφ-, γραψ-, γραψ-, γεγραφ·[κ]-, γεγραφ-, γραφ·[θ]-)
|
ἐπί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὄνομα[τ], -ατος, τό
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός; πάσσω [LXX] (πασσ-, -, πα·σ-, -, πεπασ-, -)
|
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
καί
|
ὅπως
|
περι·βάλλω (περι+βαλλ-, περι+βαλ(ε)·[σ]-, 2nd περι+βαλ-, -, περι+βεβλη-, περι+βλη·θ-)
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_43
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Tak , które – powodujące tamto (które powody), zamierzające , że, przyczyna będąca tamto (tak tamto), albo cel tego jest tamto (to zdarza się tak tamto). Tryb łączący , który podąża za tym słowem jest: Mógłby.
|
By znaczyć troszczyć się dookoła; by znaczyć kłopotać się, średnią/stronę bierną z µ???, by być przedmiot opieki, dotyczyć
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Dookoła (+przyspieszenie,+informacja)
|
—
|
Oddany {Dedykowany}/boży - w/pod odmiennym funkcji/używaniem (w/pod poświęceniem {dedykacją}, oddany {dedykowany}, skazywany, boży)
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Tak , które – powodujące tamto (które powody), zamierzające , że, przyczyna będąca tamto (tak tamto), albo cel tego jest tamto (to zdarza się tak tamto). Tryb łączący , który podąża za tym słowem jest: Mógłby.
|
By słyszeć
|
Poniżej (+przyspieszenie), obok (+informacja) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Tak , które – powodujące tamto (które powody), zamierzające , że, przyczyna będąca tamto (tak tamto), albo cel tego jest tamto (to zdarza się tak tamto). Tryb łączący , który podąża za tym słowem jest: Mógłby.
|
By pisać
|
Na/wszędzie {skończony} (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Nazwisko {Imię} co do
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z; by kropić
|
—
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Tak , które – powodujące tamto (które powody), zamierzające , że, przyczyna będąca tamto (tak tamto), albo cel tego jest tamto (to zdarza się tak tamto). Tryb łączący , który podąża za tym słowem jest: Mógłby.
|
By ozdabiać z [rozrzucaj]
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_43
|
kai\
|
o(/pOs
|
me/lE|
|
au)tO=|
|
peri\
|
tO=n
|
a(gi/On,
|
kai\
|
o(/pOs
|
a)kou/Etai
|
u(po\
|
pa/ntOn,
|
kai\
|
o(/pOs
|
gra/fOntai
|
e)pi\
|
tO=|
|
o)no/mati
|
au)tou=
|
pa=sai
|
suggrafai\
|
e)n
|
tE=|
|
CHO/ra|,
|
kai\
|
o(/pOs
|
periba/llEtai
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_43
|
kai
|
hopOs
|
melE
|
autO
|
peri
|
tOn
|
hagiOn,
|
kai
|
hopOs
|
akuEtai
|
hypo
|
pantOn,
|
kai
|
hopOs
|
grafOntai
|
epi
|
tO
|
onomati
|
autu
|
pasai
|
syngrafai
|
en
|
tE
|
CHOra,
|
kai
|
hopOs
|
periballEtai
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_43
|
C
|
C
|
V1_PAS3S
|
RD_DSM
|
P
|
RA_GPM
|
A1A_GPM
|
C
|
C
|
V1_PMS3S
|
P
|
A3_GPM
|
C
|
C
|
V1_PMS3P
|
P
|
RA_DSN
|
N3M_DSN
|
RD_GSM
|
A1S_NPF
|
N1_NPF
|
P
|
RA_DSF
|
N1A_DSF
|
C
|
C
|
V1_PMS3S
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_43
|
and also, even, namely
|
so that – causing that (which causes), intending that, the reason being that (so that), or the purpose of this is that (this occurs so that). The subjunctive that comes after this word is: could.
|
to matter to care about; to matter to concern oneself, middle/passive of μέλω, to be an object of care, concern
|
he/she/it/same
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
the
|
dedicated/divine - in/under a distinct function/usage (in/under dedication, dedicated, doomed, divine)
|
and also, even, namely
|
so that – causing that (which causes), intending that, the reason being that (so that), or the purpose of this is that (this occurs so that). The subjunctive that comes after this word is: could.
|
to hear
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)ὑπ’ before smooth breathing, ὑφ’ before rough breathing
|
every all, each, every, the whole of
|
and also, even, namely
|
so that – causing that (which causes), intending that, the reason being that (so that), or the purpose of this is that (this occurs so that). The subjunctive that comes after this word is: could.
|
to write
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat) ἐπ’ before smooth breathing, ἐφ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
name with regard to
|
he/she/it/same
|
every all, each, every, the whole of; to sprinkle
|
ć
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
and also, even, namely
|
so that – causing that (which causes), intending that, the reason being that (so that), or the purpose of this is that (this occurs so that). The subjunctive that comes after this word is: could.
|
to adorn with [throw around]
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_43
|
and
|
this is how
|
he/she/it-should-be-MATTER-ing-TO; you(sg)-are-being-MATTER-ed-TO, you(sg)-should-be-being-MATTER-ed-TO
|
him/it/same (dat)
|
about (+acc,+gen)
|
the (gen)
|
holy ([Adj] gen)
|
and
|
this is how
|
he/she/it-should-be-being-HEAR-ed
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)
|
all (gen)
|
and
|
this is how
|
they-should-be-being-WRITE-ed
|
upon/over (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
name (dat)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
all (nom|voc); to-SPRINKLE, be-you(sg)-SPRINKLE-ed!, he/she/it-happens-to-SPRINKLE (opt)
|
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
region (dat)
|
and
|
this is how
|
he/she/it-should-be-being-ADORN-ed-WITH
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_43
|
1Mch_14:43_1
|
1Mch_14:43_2
|
1Mch_14:43_3
|
1Mch_14:43_4
|
1Mch_14:43_5
|
1Mch_14:43_6
|
1Mch_14:43_7
|
1Mch_14:43_8
|
1Mch_14:43_9
|
1Mch_14:43_10
|
1Mch_14:43_11
|
1Mch_14:43_12
|
1Mch_14:43_13
|
1Mch_14:43_14
|
1Mch_14:43_15
|
1Mch_14:43_16
|
1Mch_14:43_17
|
1Mch_14:43_18
|
1Mch_14:43_19
|
1Mch_14:43_20
|
1Mch_14:43_21
|
1Mch_14:43_22
|
1Mch_14:43_23
|
1Mch_14:43_24
|
1Mch_14:43_25
|
1Mch_14:43_26
|
1Mch_14:43_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_44
|
καὶ οὐκ ἐξέσται οὐθενὶ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῶν ἱερέων ἀθετῆσαί τι τούτων καὶ ἀντειπεῖν τοῖς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ῥηθησομένοις καὶ ἐπισυστρέψαι συστροφὴν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ἄνευ αὐτοῦ καὶ περιβάλλεσθαι πορφύραν καὶ ἐμπορποῦσθαι πόρπην χρυσῆν·
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_44
|
Also that it should belawful for none of the people or priests to break any of these things, or to gainsay his words, or to gather an assembly in the country without him, or to be clothed in purple, or wear a buckle of gold; (1 Maccabees 14:44 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_44
|
Nikomu spośród ludu ani spomiędzy kapłanów nie wolno odmówić znaczenia ani jednemu z tych przepisów, ani przeciwstawić się jego zarządzeniom. Bez jego pozwolenia nie wolno zwoływać zgromadzenia w obrębie kraju, ubierać się w purpurę ani używać złotej sprzączki. (1 Mch 14:44 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_44
|
καὶ
|
οὐκ
|
ἐξέσται
|
οὐθενὶ
|
τοῦ
|
λαοῦ
|
καὶ
|
τῶν
|
ἱερέων
|
ἀθετῆσαί
|
τι
|
τούτων
|
καὶ
|
ἀντειπεῖν
|
τοῖς
|
ὑπ’
|
αὐτοῦ
|
ῥηθησομένοις
|
καὶ
|
ἐπισυστρέψαι
|
συστροφὴν
|
ἐν
|
τῇ
|
χώρᾳ
|
ἄνευ
|
αὐτοῦ
|
καὶ
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_44
|
καί
|
οὐ[2]/οὐκ/οὐχ
|
|
οὐδ·είς οὐδε·μία οὐδ·έν and οὐθ·είς (οὐθε·μία) οὐθ·έν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λαός, -οῦ, ὁ
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
ἀ·θετέω (αθετ(ε)-, αθετη·σ-, αθετη·σ-, ηθετη·κ-, -, αθετη·θ-)
|
τὶ[ν]ς[2] τὶ[ν], gen. τινός, dat. τινί, acc. τινά τὶ
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
καί
|
ἀντι·λέγω (αντι+λεγ-, -, 2nd αντ+ειπ-, -, -, -)
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ὑπό
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
λέγω (λεγ-, ερ(ε)·[σ]-, ειπ·[σ]-/λεξ- or 2nd ειπ-, ειρη·κ-, ειρη-, ρη·θ-/ρε·θ-/λεχ·θ-)
|
καί
|
ἐπι·συ·στρέφω [LXX] (-, -, επισυν+στρεψ-, -, -, -)
|
συ·στροφή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
χώρα, -ας, ἡ
|
ἄνευ
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
καί
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_44
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
??? Przed przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Nie jeden (nic, nikt)
|
—
|
Ludzie
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Duchowny
|
By wypierać się [unieważniaj, miej do czynienia zdradziecko, ignoruj, odrzucaj]
|
Jakiś/jakikolwiek
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By mówić przeciw
|
—
|
Poniżej (+przyspieszenie), obok (+informacja) ??' Przed przydechem słabym, ??' Przed przydechem mocnym
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By mówić/opowiadaj
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Do ???
|
Tłum
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Okolicy królestwo (cl?Mnie); ziemia, kraj, terytorium, obszar {traktat}
|
Bez (+informacja)
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_44
|
kai\
|
ou)k
|
e)Xe/stai
|
ou)Teni\
|
tou=
|
laou=
|
kai\
|
tO=n
|
i(ere/On
|
a)TetE=sai/
|
ti
|
tou/tOn
|
kai\
|
a)nteipei=n
|
toi=s
|
u(p’
|
au)tou=
|
r(ETEsome/nois
|
kai\
|
e)pisustre/PSai
|
sustrofE\n
|
e)n
|
tE=|
|
CHO/ra|
|
a)/neu
|
au)tou=
|
kai\
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_44
|
kai
|
uk
|
eXestai
|
uTeni
|
tu
|
lau
|
kai
|
tOn
|
hiereOn
|
aTetEsai
|
ti
|
tutOn
|
kai
|
anteipein
|
tois
|
hyp’
|
autu
|
rETEsomenois
|
kai
|
episystrePSai
|
systrofEn
|
en
|
tE
|
CHOra
|
aneu
|
autu
|
kai
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_44
|
C
|
D
|
VF_FMI3S
|
A3_DSM
|
RA_GSM
|
N2_GSM
|
C
|
RA_GPM
|
N3V_GPM
|
VA_AAN
|
RI_ASN
|
RD_GPM
|
C
|
VB_AAN
|
RA_DPN
|
P
|
RD_GSM
|
VC_FPPDPN
|
C
|
VA_AAN
|
N1_ASF
|
P
|
RA_DSF
|
N1A_DSF
|
P
|
RD_GSM
|
C
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_44
|
and also, even, namely
|
οὐχ before rough breathing
|
ć
|
not one (nothing, no one)
|
the
|
people
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
priest
|
to repudiate [nullify, deal treacherously, ignore, reject]
|
some/any
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
and also, even, namely
|
to speak against
|
the
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)ὑπ’ before smooth breathing, ὑφ’ before rough breathing
|
he/she/it/same
|
to say/tell
|
and also, even, namely
|
to ???
|
mob
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
region realm (clίme); land, country, territory, tract
|
without (+gen)
|
he/she/it/same
|
and also, even, namely
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_44
|
and
|
not
|
|
not one (dat)
|
the (gen)
|
people (gen)
|
and
|
the (gen)
|
priests (gen)
|
to-REPUDIATE, be-you(sg)-REPUDIATE-ed!, he/she/it-happens-to-REPUDIATE (opt)
|
some/any (nom|acc)
|
these (gen)
|
and
|
to-SPEAK-AGAINST
|
the (dat)
|
under (+acc), by (+gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
going-to-be-SAY/TELL-ed (fut ptcp) (dat)
|
and
|
to-???, be-you(sg)-???-ed!, he/she/it-happens-to-??? (opt)
|
mob (acc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
region (dat)
|
without (+gen)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
and
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_44
|
1Mch_14:44_1
|
1Mch_14:44_2
|
1Mch_14:44_3
|
1Mch_14:44_4
|
1Mch_14:44_5
|
1Mch_14:44_6
|
1Mch_14:44_7
|
1Mch_14:44_8
|
1Mch_14:44_9
|
1Mch_14:44_10
|
1Mch_14:44_11
|
1Mch_14:44_12
|
1Mch_14:44_13
|
1Mch_14:44_14
|
1Mch_14:44_15
|
1Mch_14:44_16
|
1Mch_14:44_17
|
1Mch_14:44_18
|
1Mch_14:44_19
|
1Mch_14:44_20
|
1Mch_14:44_21
|
1Mch_14:44_22
|
1Mch_14:44_23
|
1Mch_14:44_24
|
1Mch_14:44_25
|
1Mch_14:44_26
|
1Mch_14:44_27
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_45
|
ὃς δ’ ἂν παρὰ ταῦταποιήσῃ ἢ ἀθετήσῃ τι τούτων, ἔνοχος ἔσται.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_45
|
And whosoever should do otherwise, or break any of these things, he should be punished. (1 Maccabees 14:45 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_45
|
Każdy, kto uczynicoś przeciwko temu rozporządzeniu lub odmówi znaczenia któremu z tych przepisów, zasłuży na karę». (1 Mch 14:45 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_45
|
ὃς
|
δ’
|
ἂν
|
παρὰ
|
ταῦτα
|
ποιήσῃ
|
ἢ
|
ἀθετήσῃ
|
τι
|
τούτων,
|
ἔνοχος
|
ἔσται.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_45
|
ὅς ἥ ὅ
|
δέ
|
ἄν
|
παρά
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
ποιέω (ποι(ε)-, ποιη·σ-, ποιη·σ-, πεποιη·κ-, πεποιη-, ποιη·θ-)
|
ἤ[1]
|
ἀ·θετέω (αθετ(ε)-, αθετη·σ-, αθετη·σ-, ηθετη·κ-, -, αθετη·θ-)
|
τὶ[ν]ς[2] τὶ[ν], gen. τινός, dat. τινί, acc. τινά τὶ
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
ἔν·οχος -ον
|
εἰμί[1] (ath. (εσ)-/(εσ)-, εσ·[σ]-, -, -, -, -)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_45
|
Kto/, który/, który
|
zaś
|
Kiedykolwiek (jeżeli kiedykolwiek)
|
fr?m obok (+przyspieszenie,+informacja,+dat) ???' Przed samogłoskami ja. obok, blisko, obok, II. wzdłuż {naprzód}, III. przeszłość, poza. 1. z Czasownikami przychodzenia, idąc, itd., do strony z, do, z Czasownikami umieszczania, badając, itd., obok siebie z, blisko, razem
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
By czynić/rób
|
Albo
|
By wypierać się [unieważniaj, miej do czynienia zdradziecko, ignoruj, odrzucaj]
|
Jakiś/jakikolwiek
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
Odpowiedzialny
|
By być
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_45
|
o(\s
|
d’
|
a)/n
|
para\
|
tau=ta
|
poiE/sE|
|
E)\
|
a)TetE/sE|
|
ti
|
tou/tOn,
|
e)/noCHos
|
e)/stai.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_45
|
hos
|
d’
|
an
|
para
|
tauta
|
poiEsE
|
E
|
aTetEsE
|
ti
|
tutOn,
|
enoCHos
|
estai.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_45
|
RR_NSM
|
x
|
x
|
P
|
RD_APN
|
VA_AAS3S
|
C
|
VA_AAS3S
|
RI_ASN
|
RD_GPM
|
A1B_NSM
|
VF_FMI3S
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_45
|
who/whom/which
|
δ’ [{lexicon}][{inflect}][{close}]$ δ’ before ἄν [plus two occurrences before αὐτό: Mt 27:44; Phil 2:18]
|
ever (if ever)
|
frοm beside (+acc,+gen,+dat) παρ’ before vowels I. beside, near, by, II. along, III. past, beyond. 1. with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to, with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with, near, together
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
to do/make
|
or
|
to repudiate [nullify, deal treacherously, ignore, reject]
|
some/any
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
accountable
|
to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_45
|
who/whom/which (nom)
|
Yet
|
ever
|
frοm beside (+acc,+gen,+dat)
|
these (nom|acc)
|
you(sg)-will-be-DO/MAKE-ed, he/she/it-should-DO/MAKE, you(sg)-should-be-DO/MAKE-ed
|
or
|
you(sg)-will-be-REPUDIATE-ed, he/she/it-should-REPUDIATE, you(sg)-should-be-REPUDIATE-ed
|
some/any (nom|acc)
|
these (gen)
|
accountable ([Adj] nom)
|
he/she/it-will-be
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_45
|
1Mch_14:45_1
|
1Mch_14:45_2
|
1Mch_14:45_3
|
1Mch_14:45_4
|
1Mch_14:45_5
|
1Mch_14:45_6
|
1Mch_14:45_7
|
1Mch_14:45_8
|
1Mch_14:45_9
|
1Mch_14:45_10
|
1Mch_14:45_11
|
1Mch_14:45_12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_46
|
καὶ εὐδόκησεν πᾶς ὁλαὸς θέσθαι Σιμωνι ποιῆσαι κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_46
|
Thus it liked all the people to deal with Simon, and to do as hath been said. (1 Maccabees 14:46 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_46
|
Cały lud uznał za słuszne pozwolić Szymonowi postępować zgodnie z tym, co zostało wyżej powiedziane. (1 Mch 14:46 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_46
|
καὶ
|
εὐδόκησεν
|
πᾶς
|
ὁ
|
λαὸς
|
θέσθαι
|
Σιμωνι
|
ποιῆσαι
|
κατὰ
|
τοὺς
|
λόγους
|
τούτους.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_46
|
καί
|
εὐ·δοκέω (ευδοκ(ε)-, ευδοκη·σ-, ευδοκη·σ-, -, -, ευδοκη·θ-)
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λαός, -οῦ, ὁ
|
τίθημι (ath. τιθ(ε)-, θη·σ-, θη·κ- or 2nd ath. θ(ε)-, τεθει·κ-, τεθει-, τε·θ-)
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
ποιέω (ποι(ε)-, ποιη·σ-, ποιη·σ-, πεποιη·κ-, πεποιη-, ποιη·θ-)
|
κατά
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
λόγος, -ου, ὁ
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_46
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By myśleć dobrze ?? Dobrze ????? Myślę; myślę dobrze albo wydaje mi się
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z
|
—
|
Ludzie
|
By umieszczać leżał, niech kładzie, niech umieszcza, umieszczaj, stawiaj
|
Simon
|
By czynić/rób
|
w dół, według, zgodnie z, na miarę (z biernikiem), przeciw, przeciwko (z dopełniaczem); κατ’ / καθ’ – przyimek oznaczający kierunek lub normę („według, zgodnie z”), a także sprzeciw („przeciw”); forma κατ’ występuje przed samogłoską z przydechem słabym, a καθ’ przed samogłoską z przydechem mocnym
|
—
|
Słowa Logo jest rozmawianie, powiedzenie, słowo jak wyrażenie myśli; odróżniany od czynu rozmawiania. Podczas gdy to jest wyrażenie, to jest ognisko jest na myśli , od których wyrażenie emanuje.
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_46
|
kai\
|
eu)do/kEsen
|
pa=s
|
o(
|
lao\s
|
Te/sTai
|
*simOni
|
poiE=sai
|
kata\
|
tou\s
|
lo/gous
|
tou/tous.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_46
|
kai
|
eudokEsen
|
pas
|
ho
|
laos
|
TesTai
|
simOni
|
poiEsai
|
kata
|
tus
|
logus
|
tutus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_46
|
C
|
VA_AAI3S
|
A3_NSM
|
RA_NSM
|
N2_NSM
|
VE_AMN
|
N3N_DSM
|
VA_AAN
|
P
|
RA_APM
|
N2_APM
|
RD_APM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_46
|
and also, even, namely
|
to think well εὖ well δοκέω I think; I think well or methinks
|
every all, each, every, the whole of
|
the
|
people
|
to place lay, put, set, situate, station
|
Simon
|
to do/make
|
down/according to/asper (+acc), against (+gen) κατ’ before smooth breathing, καθ’ before rough breathing
|
the
|
word Logos is a speaking, a saying, a word as the expression of thought; differentiated from the act of speaking. While it is the expression, it's focus is on the thoughts from which the expression emanates.
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_46
|
and
|
he/she/it-THINK-ed-WELL
|
every (nom|voc)
|
the (nom)
|
people (nom)
|
to-be-PLACE-ed
|
Simon (dat)
|
to-DO/MAKE, be-you(sg)-DO/MAKE-ed!, he/she/it-happens-to-DO/MAKE (opt)
|
down/according to/as per (+acc), against (+gen)
|
the (acc)
|
words (acc)
|
these (acc)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_46
|
1Mch_14:46_1
|
1Mch_14:46_2
|
1Mch_14:46_3
|
1Mch_14:46_4
|
1Mch_14:46_5
|
1Mch_14:46_6
|
1Mch_14:46_7
|
1Mch_14:46_8
|
1Mch_14:46_9
|
1Mch_14:46_10
|
1Mch_14:46_11
|
1Mch_14:46_12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_47
|
καὶ ἐπεδέξατο Σιμων καὶ εὐδόκησεν ἀρχιερατεύειν καὶ εἶναι στρατηγὸς καὶ ἐθνάρχης τῶν Ιουδαίων καὶ ἱερέων καὶ τοῦ προστατῆσαι πάντων.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_47
|
Then Simon acceptedhereof, and was well pleased to be high priest, and captain and governor of the Jews and priests, and to defend them all. (1 Maccabees 14:47 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_47
|
Szymon zaś zgodził się i wyraził swoją gotowość pełnienia czynności arcykapłana, wodza i etnarchy Żydów i kapłanów oraz stania na czele wszystkich. (1 Mch 14:47 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_47
|
καὶ
|
ἐπεδέξατο
|
Σιμων
|
καὶ
|
εὐδόκησεν
|
ἀρχιερατεύειν
|
καὶ
|
εἶναι
|
στρατηγὸς
|
καὶ
|
ἐθνάρχης
|
τῶν
|
Ιουδαίων
|
καὶ
|
ἱερέων
|
καὶ
|
τοῦ
|
προστατῆσαι
|
πάντων.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_47
|
καί
|
ἐπι·δέχομαι (επι+δεχ-, επι+δεξ-, επι+δεξ-, -, επι+δεδεχ-, -)
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
καί
|
εὐ·δοκέω (ευδοκ(ε)-, ευδοκη·σ-, ευδοκη·σ-, -, -, ευδοκη·θ-)
|
|
καί
|
εἰμί[1] (ath. (εσ)-/(εσ)-, εσ·[σ]-, -, -, -, -)
|
στρατ·ηγός, -οῦ, ὁ (cf. στρατιά)
|
καί
|
ἐθν·άρχης, -ου, ὁ
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
Ἰουδαῖος -αία -ον
|
καί
|
ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
|
πᾶ[ντ]ς πᾶσα πᾶν[τ], gen. sg. παντός πάσης παντός
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_47
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By przyjmować
|
Simon
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By myśleć dobrze ?? Dobrze ????? Myślę; myślę dobrze albo wydaje mi się
|
—
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By być
|
stategist
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Szczepowy szef
|
—
|
Żydowski
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
Duchowny
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
—
|
Każdy wszystko, każdy, każdy, cały z
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_47
|
kai\
|
e)pede/Xato
|
*simOn
|
kai\
|
eu)do/kEsen
|
a)rCHierateu/ein
|
kai\
|
ei)=nai
|
stratEgo\s
|
kai\
|
e)Tna/rCHEs
|
tO=n
|
*ioudai/On
|
kai\
|
i(ere/On
|
kai\
|
tou=
|
prostatE=sai
|
pa/ntOn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_47
|
kai
|
epedeXato
|
simOn
|
kai
|
eudokEsen
|
arCHierateuein
|
kai
|
einai
|
stratEgos
|
kai
|
eTnarCHEs
|
tOn
|
iudaiOn
|
kai
|
hiereOn
|
kai
|
tu
|
prostatEsai
|
pantOn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_47
|
C
|
VAI_AMI3S
|
N3N_NSM
|
C
|
VA_AAI3S
|
V1_PAN
|
C
|
V9_PAN
|
N2_NSM
|
C
|
N1M_NSM
|
RA_GPM
|
N2_GPM
|
C
|
N3V_GPM
|
C
|
RA_GSN
|
VA_AAN
|
A3_GPM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_47
|
and also, even, namely
|
to receive
|
Simon
|
and also, even, namely
|
to think well εὖ well δοκέω I think; I think well or methinks
|
ć
|
and also, even, namely
|
to be
|
stategist
|
and also, even, namely
|
tribal chief
|
the
|
Jewish
|
and also, even, namely
|
priest
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
ć
|
every all, each, every, the whole of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_47
|
and
|
he/she/it-was-RECEIVE-ed
|
Simon (nom|voc)
|
and
|
he/she/it-THINK-ed-WELL
|
|
and
|
to-be
|
stategist (nom)
|
and
|
tribal chief (nom)
|
the (gen)
|
Jewish ([Adj] gen)
|
and
|
priests (gen)
|
and
|
the (gen)
|
|
all (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_47
|
1Mch_14:47_1
|
1Mch_14:47_2
|
1Mch_14:47_3
|
1Mch_14:47_4
|
1Mch_14:47_5
|
1Mch_14:47_6
|
1Mch_14:47_7
|
1Mch_14:47_8
|
1Mch_14:47_9
|
1Mch_14:47_10
|
1Mch_14:47_11
|
1Mch_14:47_12
|
1Mch_14:47_13
|
1Mch_14:47_14
|
1Mch_14:47_15
|
1Mch_14:47_16
|
1Mch_14:47_17
|
1Mch_14:47_18
|
1Mch_14:47_19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_48
|
καὶ τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην εἶπον θέσθαι ἐν δέλτοις χαλκαῖς καὶ στῆσαι αὐτὰς ἐν περιβόλῳ τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τόπῳ ἐπισήμῳ,
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_48
|
So they commanded that this writing should be put in tables of brass, and that they should be set up within the compass of the sanctuary in a conspicuous place; (1 Maccabees 14:48 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_48
|
Postanowiono też,że dokument ten będzie wyryty na tablicach z brązu i będzie umieszczony na świątynnym murze na widocznym miejscu. (1 Mch 14:48 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_48
|
καὶ
|
τὴν
|
γραφὴν
|
ταύτην
|
εἶπον
|
θέσθαι
|
ἐν
|
δέλτοις
|
χαλκαῖς
|
καὶ
|
στῆσαι
|
αὐτὰς
|
ἐν
|
περιβόλῳ
|
τῶν
|
ἁγίων
|
ἐν
|
τόπῳ
|
ἐπισήμῳ,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_48
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γραφή, -ῆς, ἡ
|
οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο
|
λέγω (λεγ-, ερ(ε)·[σ]-, ειπ·[σ]-/λεξ- or 2nd ειπ-, ειρη·κ-, ειρη-, ρη·θ-/ρε·θ-/λεχ·θ-)
|
τίθημι (ath. τιθ(ε)-, θη·σ-, θη·κ- or 2nd ath. θ(ε)-, τεθει·κ-, τεθει-, τε·θ-)
|
ἐν
|
|
χαλκοῦς -ῆ -οῦν a.k.a. χάλκεος
|
καί
|
ἵστημι (ath. ιστ(α)-/ath. ιστ(η)-, στη·σ-, στη·σ- or 2nd ath. στ(η)-/ath. στ(α)-, εστη·κ-/εστα·κ-/εστ(α)·[κ]-, εστη-/εστα-, στα·θ-)
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
ἐν
|
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
ἅγιος -α -ον (cf. ὅσιος and ἱερός)
|
ἐν
|
τόπος, -ου, ὁ
|
ἐπί·σημος -ον
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_48
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Pisanie
|
To [????' ????? Znaczy {Ma na myśli} , które jest, to jest, to jest]
|
By mówić/opowiadaj
|
By umieszczać leżał, niech kładzie, niech umieszcza, umieszczaj, stawiaj
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Miedź albo brąz
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
By powodować stać
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
—
|
Oddany {Dedykowany}/boży - w/pod odmiennym funkcji/używaniem (w/pod poświęceniem {dedykacją}, oddany {dedykowany}, skazywany, boży)
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
Miejsce
|
Wspaniały
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_48
|
kai\
|
tE\n
|
grafE\n
|
tau/tEn
|
ei)=pon
|
Te/sTai
|
e)n
|
de/ltois
|
CHalkai=s
|
kai\
|
stE=sai
|
au)ta\s
|
e)n
|
peribo/lO|
|
tO=n
|
a(gi/On
|
e)n
|
to/pO|
|
e)pisE/mO|,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_48
|
kai
|
tEn
|
grafEn
|
tautEn
|
eipon
|
TesTai
|
en
|
deltois
|
CHalkais
|
kai
|
stEsai
|
autas
|
en
|
peribolO
|
tOn
|
hagiOn
|
en
|
topO
|
episEmO,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_48
|
C
|
RA_ASF
|
N1_ASF
|
RD_ASF
|
VBI_AAI3P
|
VE_AMN
|
P
|
N2_DPF
|
A1C_DPF
|
C
|
VA_AAN
|
RD_APF
|
P
|
N2_DSM
|
RA_GPM
|
A1A_GPM
|
P
|
N2_DSM
|
A1B_DSM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_48
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
writing
|
this [τοῦτ’ ἔστιν meansthat is, i.e., i.e.]
|
to say/tell
|
to place lay, put, set, situate, station
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
ć
|
copper or bronze
|
and also, even, namely
|
to cause to stand
|
he/she/it/same
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
ć
|
the
|
dedicated/divine - in/under a distinct function/usage (in/under dedication, dedicated, doomed, divine)
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
place
|
splendid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_48
|
and
|
the (acc)
|
writing (acc)
|
this (acc)
|
do-SAY/TELL-you(sg)!, I-SAY/TELL-ed, they-SAY/TELL-ed, upon SAY/TELL-ing (nom|acc|voc, voc)
|
to-be-PLACE-ed
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
|
copper or bronze ([Adj] dat)
|
and
|
to-CAUSE-TO-STand, be-you(sg)-CAUSE-ed-TO-STand!, he/she/it-happens-to-CAUSE-TO-STand (opt)
|
them/same (acc)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
|
the (gen)
|
holy ([Adj] gen)
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
place (dat)
|
splendid ([Adj] dat)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_48
|
1Mch_14:48_1
|
1Mch_14:48_2
|
1Mch_14:48_3
|
1Mch_14:48_4
|
1Mch_14:48_5
|
1Mch_14:48_6
|
1Mch_14:48_7
|
1Mch_14:48_8
|
1Mch_14:48_9
|
1Mch_14:48_10
|
1Mch_14:48_11
|
1Mch_14:48_12
|
1Mch_14:48_13
|
1Mch_14:48_14
|
1Mch_14:48_15
|
1Mch_14:48_16
|
1Mch_14:48_17
|
1Mch_14:48_18
|
1Mch_14:48_19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L01
|
1Mch_14_49
|
τὰ δὲ ἀντίγραφα αὐτῶν θέσθαι ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, ὅπως ἔχῃ Σιμων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ.
|
|
L02
|
1Mch_14_49
|
Also that the copies thereof should be laid up in the treasury, to the end that Simon and his sons might have them. (1 Maccabees 14:49 Brenton)
|
|
L03
|
1Mch_14_49
|
Odpis zaś tych uchwał polecili złożyć w skarbcu, ażeby Szymon i jego synowie mieli go pod ręką. (1 Mch 14:49 BT_4)
|
|
L04
|
1Mch_14_49
|
τὰ
|
δὲ
|
ἀντίγραφα
|
αὐτῶν
|
θέσθαι
|
ἐν
|
τῷ
|
γαζοφυλακίῳ,
|
ὅπως
|
ἔχῃ
|
Σιμων
|
καὶ
|
οἱ
|
υἱοὶ
|
αὐτοῦ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L05
|
1Mch_14_49
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
δέ
|
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
τίθημι (ath. τιθ(ε)-, θη·σ-, θη·κ- or 2nd ath. θ(ε)-, τεθει·κ-, τεθει-, τε·θ-)
|
ἐν
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
γαζο·φυλάκιον, -ου, τό
|
ὅπως
|
ἔχω (εχ-, εξ-, 2nd σχ-, εσχη·κ-, -, εχ·θ-)
|
Σίμων, -ωνος, ὁ, voc. sg. Σίμων
|
καί
|
ὁ ἡ τό
|
υἱός, -ου, ὁ, voc. pl. υἱοί
|
αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L06
|
1Mch_14_49
|
—
|
zaś
|
—
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
By umieszczać leżał, niech kładzie, niech umieszcza, umieszczaj, stawiaj
|
w, przy, przez, za pomocą; ἐν – przyimek oznaczający miejsce, sposób lub środek działania; σέ – „ciebie (cię)”; także: w, do, pośród / między
|
—
|
Skarbnica
|
Tak , które – powodujące tamto (które powody), zamierzające , że, przyczyna będąca tamto (tak tamto), albo cel tego jest tamto (to zdarza się tak tamto). Tryb łączący , który podąża za tym słowem jest: Mógłby.
|
By mieć
|
Simon
|
I też, nawet, mianowicie
|
—
|
Syn
|
On/ona/to/to samo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L07
|
1Mch_14_49
|
ta\
|
de\
|
a)nti/grafa
|
au)tO=n
|
Te/sTai
|
e)n
|
tO=|
|
gaDZofulaki/O|,
|
o(/pOs
|
e)/CHE|
|
*simOn
|
kai\
|
oi(
|
ui(oi\
|
au)tou=.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L08
|
1Mch_14_49
|
ta
|
de
|
antigrafa
|
autOn
|
TesTai
|
en
|
tO
|
gaDZofylakiO,
|
hopOs
|
eCHE
|
simOn
|
kai
|
hoi
|
hyioi
|
autu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L09
|
1Mch_14_49
|
RA_APN
|
x
|
N2N_APN
|
RD_GPM
|
VE_AMN
|
P
|
RA_DSN
|
N2N_DSN
|
C
|
V1_PAS3S
|
N3N_NSM
|
C
|
RA_NPM
|
N2_NPM
|
RD_GSM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L10
|
1Mch_14_49
|
the
|
δὲ [{lexicon}][{inflect}][{close}]$ δ’ before ἄν [plus two occurrences before αὐτό: Mt 27:44; Phil 2:18]
|
ć
|
he/she/it/same
|
to place lay, put, set, situate, station
|
in/with/by (+dat) - εν to see with; prep. at, in; adv. wherein, by; σε pron. thee and prep. in, into, among
|
the
|
treasury
|
so that – causing that (which causes), intending that, the reason being that (so that), or the purpose of this is that (this occurs so that). The subjunctive that comes after this word is: could.
|
to have
|
Simon
|
and also, even, namely
|
the
|
son
|
he/she/it/same
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L11
|
1Mch_14_49
|
the (nom|acc)
|
Yet
|
|
them/same (gen)
|
to-be-PLACE-ed
|
in/among/by (+dat)
|
the (dat)
|
treasury (dat)
|
this is how
|
you(sg)-are-being-HAVE-ed, he/she/it-should-be-HAVE-ing, you(sg)-should-be-being-HAVE-ed
|
Simon (nom|voc)
|
and
|
the (nom)
|
sons (nom|voc)
|
him/it/same (gen)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L12
|
1Mch_14_49
|
1Mch_14:49_1
|
1Mch_14:49_2
|
1Mch_14:49_3
|
1Mch_14:49_4
|
1Mch_14:49_5
|
1Mch_14:49_6
|
1Mch_14:49_7
|
1Mch_14:49_8
|
1Mch_14:49_9
|
1Mch_14:49_10
|
1Mch_14:49_11
|
1Mch_14:49_12
|
1Mch_14:49_13
|
1Mch_14:49_14
|
1Mch_14:49_15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
